This API will be used to support YUV frame buffer formats in a standard
way.
Last but not least, create a much needed fbdev API documentation and
document the format setting APIs.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
This reverts commit 5c3ddec73d.
S390 qeth driver actually still uses the setup ops.
Reported-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New FW can give clues to driver regarding default port type
and whether or not we should default to link sensing on the port.
2 bits are added to QUERY_PORT command:
1. suggested_type: This bit gives a hint whether the default port type should be
IB or Ethernet.
The driver will use this hint in case the user didn't specify explicitly the link layer
type he wants to set.
2. default_sense: If this bit is set, we would sense the port type on start-up
and default the port to link sensing
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ConnectX3 devices, we allow link sensing only if FW explicitly
reported it supports the feature.
For older versions (ConnectX1 and 2), if the card supports both link layer types
(Ethenet and Infiniband), link sensing is supported.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a peer changes SMPS state we should update
rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by
itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway
since that just requires rts-cts handshaking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit ddacf5ef68.
As when booting the kernel under Amazon EC2 as an HVM guest it ends up
hanging during startup. Reverting this we loose the fix for kexec
booting to the crash kernels.
Fixes Canonical BZ #901305 (http://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/901305)
Tested-by: Alessandro Salvatori <sandr8@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Stefan Bader <stefan.bader@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <Ian.Campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
This patch adds the necessary structs for the Confirm Name command. This
ensures that the protocol definitions are up to date with the latest
mgmt specification. The actual implementation of the command will follow
in a later patch-set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch fixes the opcodes of the Block/Unblock device commands to
match with what user-space expects and to confirm with the latest mgmt
specification. The reason the values were wrong was a missing Confirm
Name command definition (which will be added by a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a missing confirm_name field to mgmt_ev_device_found.
Support for setting the correct value for this field is not implemented
yet, but having it part of the struct definition ensures that user-space
gets correct sized device_found events and is thereby able to do at
least rudimentary parsing of them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
For super speed bulk transfer, the max burst size
is 16, so that 4 bits of maxburst cannot store it.
Signed-off-by: Yu Xu <yuxu@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Implement block size read function. Use different variables for
packet-based and block-based flow control.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-rc-fixes-2.6: (22 commits)
[SCSI] fcoe: fix fcoe in a DCB environment by adding DCB notifiers to set skb priority
[SCSI] bnx2i: Fixed kernel panic caused by unprotected task->sc->request deref
[SCSI] qla4xxx: check for failed conn setup
[SCSI] qla4xxx: a small loop fix
[SCSI] qla4xxx: fix flash/ddb support
[SCSI] zfcp: return early from slave_destroy if slave_alloc returned early
[SCSI] fcoe: Fix preempt count leak in fcoe_filter_frames()
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Update version number to 8.03.07.12-k.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Submit all chained IOCBs for passthrough commands on request queue 0.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Correct fc_host port_state display.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Disable generating pause frames when firmware hang detected for ISP82xx.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Clear mailbox busy flag during premature mailbox completion for ISP82xx.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Encapsulate prematurely completing mailbox commands during ISP82xx firmware hang.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Display IPE error message for ISP82xx.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Return the correct value for a mailbox command if 82xx is in reset recovery.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Enable Minidump by default with default capture mask 0x1f.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Stop unconditional completion of mailbox commands issued in interrupt mode during firmware hang.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Revert back the request queue mapping to request queue 0.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Don't call alloc_fw_dump for ISP82XX.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Check for SCSI status on underruns.
...
pa_inode in group_pa is set NULL in ext4_mb_new_group_pa, so
pa_inode should be not referenced.
Reported-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yongqiang Yang <xiaoqiangnk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
This patch updates the ordering and opcodes of mgmt messages to match
the latest API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We do not want the service cache to be enabled indefinitely after
mgmt_read_info is called. To solve this a timer is added which will
automatically disable the cache if mgmt_set_dev_class isn't called
within 5 seconds of calling mgmt_read_info.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Instead of having an explicit service cache command we can make the mgmt
API simpler by implicitly enabling the cache when mgmt_read_info is
called for the first time and disabling it when mgmt_set_dev_class is
called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Fast connectable is logically after the connectable property so that's
where it should show up in the code as well (it's also after connectable
in the settings bitfield).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch updates the mgmt_read_info and related messages to the latest
management API which uses a bitfield of settings instead of individual
boolean values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we run in process context now we don't need worqueue to add e del from
sysfs.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This move some checking code that was in l2cap_sock_connect() to
l2cap_chan_connect(). Thus we can invert the lock calls, i.e., call
lock_sock() before hci_dev_lock() to avoid a deadlock scenario.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Another step of remove interrupt context from Bluetooth Core.
Use the system workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This should simplify Bluetooth core processing a lot.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As part of the moving on all the Bluetooth processing to Process context.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handling hci_conn_hash with RCU make us avoid some locking and disable
tasklets.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
spin lock doesn't fit ok anymore on the new code based on workqueues.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP timers also need to run in process context. As the works in l2cap
are small we are using the system worqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As HCI rx path is now done in process context it makes sense to do all the
timer in process context as well.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth rx task runs now in a workqueue, so it a good approach run any
timer that share locking with process context code also in a workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now we run everything in HCI in process context, so it's a better idea use
mutex instead spin_lock. The macro remains hci_dev_lock() (and I got rid
of hci_dev_lock_bh()), of course.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Run recv process in workqueue helps a lot with our processing as the recv
path will also be in the process context, i.e., now all our tx and rx are
in process context.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Compensate the task's think time when computing the final pause time,
so that ->dirty_ratelimit can be executed accurately.
think time := time spend outside of balance_dirty_pages()
In the rare case that the task slept longer than the 200ms period time
(result in negative pause time), the sleep time will be compensated in
the following periods, too, if it's less than 1 second.
Accumulated errors are carefully avoided as long as the max pause area
is not hitted.
Pseudo code:
period = pages_dirtied / task_ratelimit;
think = jiffies - dirty_paused_when;
pause = period - think;
1) normal case: period > think
pause = period - think
dirty_paused_when = jiffies + pause
nr_dirtied = 0
period time
|===============================>|
think time pause time
|===============>|==============>|
------|----------------|---------------|------------------------
dirty_paused_when jiffies
2) no pause case: period <= think
don't pause; reduce future pause time by:
dirty_paused_when += period
nr_dirtied = 0
period time
|===============================>|
think time
|===================================================>|
------|--------------------------------+-------------------|----
dirty_paused_when jiffies
Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
De-account the accumulative dirty counters on page redirty.
Page redirties (very common in ext4) will introduce mismatch between
counters (a) and (b)
a) NR_DIRTIED, BDI_DIRTIED, tsk->nr_dirtied
b) NR_WRITTEN, BDI_WRITTEN
This will introduce systematic errors in balanced_rate and result in
dirty page position errors (ie. the dirty pages are no longer balanced
around the global/bdi setpoints).
Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
It's a years long problem that a large number of short-lived dirtiers
(eg. gcc instances in a fast kernel build) may starve long-run dirtiers
(eg. dd) as well as pushing the dirty pages to the global hard limit.
The solution is to charge the pages dirtied by the exited gcc to the
other random dirtying tasks. It sounds not perfect, however should
behave good enough in practice, seeing as that throttled tasks aren't
actually running so those that are running are more likely to pick it up
and get throttled, therefore promoting an equal spread.
Randy: fix compile error: 'dirty_throttle_leaks' undeclared in exit.c
Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
This makes the binary trace understandable by trace-cmd.
CC: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
CC: Curt Wohlgemuth <curtw@google.com>
CC: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
We can use atomic64_t infrastructure to avoid taking a spinlock in fast
path, and remove inaccuracies while reading values in
ctnetlink_dump_counters() and connbytes_mt() on 32bit arches.
Suggested by Pablo.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'drm-intel-fixes' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~keithp/linux:
drm/i915/dp: Dither down to 6bpc if it makes the mode fit
drm/i915: enable semaphores on per-device defaults
drm/i915: don't set unpin_work if vblank_get fails
drm/i915: By default, enable RC6 on IVB and SNB when reasonable
iommu: Export intel_iommu_enabled to signal when iommu is in use
drm/i915/sdvo: Include LVDS panels for the IS_DIGITAL check
drm/i915: prevent division by zero when asking for chipset power
drm/i915: add PCH info to i915_capabilities
drm/i915: set the right SDVO transcoder for CPT
drm/i915: no-lvds quirk for ASUS AT5NM10T-I
drm/i915: Treat pre-gen4 backlight duty cycle value consistently
drm/i915: Hook up Ivybridge eDP
drm/i915: add multi-threaded forcewake support
All drivers that support modification of the RX flow hash indirection
table initialise it in the same way: RX rings are assigned to table
entries in rotation. Make that default policy explicit by having them
call a ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() function.
In the ethtool core, add support for a zero size value for
ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR, which resets the table to this default.
Partly-suggested-by: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the
indirectional table size. Use this to validate the user buffer size
before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir. Use get_rxnfc to get
the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new
indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir. Remove this
validation from drivers.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to find out the device's RX flow hash table size, ethtool
initially uses ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR with a buffer size of zero. This
must be supported, but it is not necessary to support any other user
buffer size less than the device table size.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When establishing a unix connection on stream sockets the
server end receives an skb with socket in its receive queue.
Report who is waiting for these ends to be accepted for
listening sockets via NLA.
There's a lokcing issue with this -- the unix sk state lock is
required to access the peer, and it is taken under the listening
sk's queue lock. Strictly speaking the queue lock should be taken
inside the state lock, but since in this case these two sockets
are different it shouldn't lead to deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report the peer socket inode ID as NLA. With this it's finally
possible to find out the other end of an interesting unix connection.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Actually, the socket path if it's not anonymous doesn't give
a clue to which file the socket is bound to. Even if the path
is absolute, it can be unlinked and then new socket can be
bound to it.
With this NLA it's possible to check which file a particular
socket is really bound to.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report the sun_path when requested as NLA. With leading '\0' if
present but without the leading AF_UNIX bits.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Includes basic module_init/_exit functionality, dump/get_exact stubs
and declares the basic API structures for request and response.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk address is used as a cookie between dump/get_exact calls.
It will be required for unix socket sdumping, so move it from
inet_diag to sock_diag.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It should belong to sock_diag, not inet_diag.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Access for xenstored to the event channel and pre-allocated ring is
managed via xenfs. This adds its own character device featuring mmap
for the ring and an ioctl for the event channel.
Signed-off-by: Bastian Blank <waldi@debian.org>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
In i915 driver, we do not enable either rc6 or semaphores on SNB when dmar
is enabled. The new 'intel_iommu_enabled' variable signals when the
iommu code is in operation.
Cc: Ted Phelps <phelps@gnusto.com>
Cc: Peter <pab1612@gmail.com>
Cc: Lukas Hejtmanek <xhejtman@fi.muni.cz>
Cc: Andrew Lutomirski <luto@mit.edu>
CC: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: Eugeni Dodonov <eugeni.dodonov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
These allow a domain A which has been granted access on a page of domain B's
memory to issue domain C with a copy-grant on the same page. This is useful
e.g. for forwarding packets between domains.
Signed-off-by: Annie Li <annie.li@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
- They can't be used to map the page (so can only be used in a GNTTABOP_copy
hypercall).
- It's possible to grant access with a finer granularity than whole pages.
- Xen guarantees that they can be revoked quickly (a normal map grant can
only be revoked with the cooperation of the domain which has been granted
access).
Signed-off-by: Annie Li <annie.li@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the
wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the
card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if
the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically
custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's
noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and
document it.
This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards
with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends
out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom
regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now
are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY --
used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards
that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not
follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions
should consider cherry picking this.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The target code was not setting the additional sense length field in the
sense data it returned, which meant that at least the Linux stack
ignored the ASC/ASCQ fields. For example, without this patch, on a
tcm_loop device:
# sg_raw -v /dev/sda 2 0 0 0 0 0
gives
cdb to send: 02 00 00 00 00 00
SCSI Status: Check Condition
Sense Information:
Fixed format, current; Sense key: Illegal Request
Raw sense data (in hex):
70 00 05 00 00 00 00 00
while after the patch we correctly get the following (which matches what
a regular disk returns):
cdb to send: 02 00 00 00 00 00
SCSI Status: Check Condition
Sense Information:
Fixed format, current; Sense key: Illegal Request
Additional sense: Invalid command operation code
Raw sense data (in hex):
70 00 05 00 00 00 00 0a 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 00
00 00
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.
As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
They need to be available for other protocols as well, since
they are used in sock.c openly
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make cputime_t and cputime64_t nocast to enable sparse checking to
detect incorrect use of cputime. Drop the cputime macros for simple
scalar operations. The conversion macros are still needed.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
This call-back is invoked when the task that is bound to a
pasid is about to exit. The driver can use it to shutdown
all context related to that context in a safe way.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
This function can be used to find out which features
necessary for IOMMUv2 usage are available on a given device.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
The parent and real_parent pointers should be considered __rcu,
since they should be held under either tasklist_lock or
rcu_read_lock.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111214223925.GA27578@www.outflux.net
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Use DCB notifiers to set the skb priority to allow packets
to be steered and tagged correctly over DCB enabled drivers
that setup traffic classes.
This allows queue_mapping() routines to be removed in these
drivers that were previously inspecting the ethertype of
every skb to mark FCoE/FIP frames.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
There could be multiple userspace entities creating/destroying/
recoverying sessions and also the kernel's iscsi drivers could
be doing this too. If the userspace apps do try to manage the kernel
ones it can get the driver/fw out of sync and cause the user to
loose the root disk, oopses or ping ponging becasue userspace
wants to do one thing but the kernel manager thought we
are trying to do another.
This patch fixes the problem by just exporting the pid of
the entity that created the session. Userspace programs like
iscsid, iscsiadm, iscsistart, qlogic's tools, etc, can then
figure out which sessions they own and only manage them.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
All the handlers have now implemented the match function so We don't need to
use scsi_dev_info any more for matching purposes.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
After all sysdev classes are ported to regular driver core entities, the
sysdev implementation will be entirely removed from the kernel.
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
After all sysdev classes are ported to regular driver core entities, the
sysdev implementation will be entirely removed from the kernel.
Cc: Doug Thompson <dougthompson@xmission.com>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <borislav.petkov@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
All sysdev classes and sysdev devices will converted to regular devices
and buses to properly hook userspace into the event processing.
There is no interesting difference between a 'sysdev' and 'device' which
would justify to roll an entire own subsystem with different userspace
export semantics. Userspace relies on events and generic sysfs subsystem
infrastructure from sysdev devices, which are currently not properly
available.
Every converted sysdev class will create a regular device with the class
name in /sys/devices/system and all registered devices will becom a children
of theses devices.
For compatibility reasons, the sysdev class-wide attributes are created
at this parent device. (Do not copy that logic for anything new, subsystem-
wide properties belong to the subsystem, not to some fake parent device
created in /sys/devices.)
Every sysdev driver is implemented as a simple subsystem interface now,
and no longer called a driver.
After all sysdev classes are ported to regular driver core entities, the
sysdev implementation will be entirely removed from the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch is an initial implementation for the NFC Logical Link Control
protocol. It's also known as NFC peer to peer mode.
This is a basic implementation as it lacks SDP (services Discovery
Protocol), frames aggregation support, and frame rejecion parsing.
Follow up patches will implement those missing features.
This code has been tested against a Nexus S phone implementing LLCP 1.0.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Without an API for setting and getting the local and remote general bytes,
drivers won't be able to properly establish a DEP link.
This API also allows them to propagate the remote general bytes they get
from the DEP link establishment up to the LLCP layer.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NFC-DEP (Data Exchange Protocol) is an NFC MAC layer.
This command allows to enable and disable the DEP link on to which e.g.
LLCP can run.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a factorization of the current rawsock tx skb allocation routine,
as it will be used by the LLCP code.
We also rename nfc_alloc_skb to nfc_alloc_recv_skb for consistency sake.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It turns out that some memory allocators use kobjects, which use krefs,
and kref.h was wanting to figure out the address of kfree(), which ended
up in a loop.
kfree was only being needed for a warning to tell the caller that they
were doing something stupid. Now we just move that warning into the
comments for the functions, which results in a bit more fun as everyone
enjoys digging for people to mock at times of boredom.
So, remove the dependancy of slab.h on kref.h, and fix up the other
include file as well (we really only need bug.h and atomic.h, not
types.h).
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
commit b099ce2602 (net: Batch inet_twsk_purge) added rcu protection
on tw_net for no obvious reason.
struct net are refcounted anyway since timewait sockets escape from rcu
protected sections. tw_net stay valid for the whole timwait lifetime.
This also removes a lot of sparse errors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DA9052/53 is a highly integrated PMIC subsystem with supply domain
flexibility to support wide range of high performance application.
It provides voltage regulators, GPIO controller, Touch Screen, RTC, Battery
control and other functionality.
This patch is functionally tested on Samsung SMDKV6410.
Signed-off-by: David Dajun Chen <dchen@diasemi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Jangam <ashish.jangam@kpitcummins.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch makes __transport_execute_tasks() perform the addition of
tasks to dev->execute_task_list via __transport_add_tasks_from_cmd()
while holding dev->execute_task_lock during normal I/O fast path
submission.
It effectively removes the unnecessary re-acquire of dev->execute_task_lock
during transport_execute_tasks() -> transport_add_tasks_from_cmd() ahead
of calling __transport_execute_tasks() to queue tasks for the passed
*se_cmd descriptor.
(v2: Re-add goto check_depth usage for multi-task submission for now..)
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Cc: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Historically, pSCSI devices have been the ones that required target-core
to enforce a per se_device->depth_left. This patch changes target-core
to no longer (by default) enforce a per se_device->depth_left or sleep in
transport_tcq_window_closed() when we out of queue slots for all backend
export cases.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Cc: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Remove the now unused target_core_fabric_ops->check_release_cmd() as
target_core handles this directly for se_cmd->cmd_kref objects now.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This patch adds a target_submit_cmd() caller that can be used by fabrics
to submit an uninitialized se_cmd descriptor to an struct se_session +
unpacked_lun from workqueue process context. This call will invoke the
following steps:
- transport_init_se_cmd() to setup se_cmd specific pointers
- Obtain se_cmd->cmd_kref references with target_get_sess_cmd()
- set se_cmd->t_tasks_bidi
- transport_lookup_cmd_lun() to setup struct se_cmd->se_lun from
the passed unpacked_lun
- transport_generic_allocate_tasks() to setup the passed *cdb, and
- transport_handle_cdb_direct() handle READ dispatch or WRITE
ready-to-transfer callback to fabric
v2 changes from hch feedback:
*) Add target_sc_flags_table for target_submit_cmd flags
*) Rename bidi parameter to flags, add TARGET_SCF_BIDI_OP
*) Convert checks to BUG_ON
*) Add out_check_cond for transport_send_check_condition_and_sense
usage
v3 changes:
*) Add TARGET_SCF_ACK_KREF for target_submit_cmd into
target_get_sess_cmd to determine when the fabric caller is expecting
a second kref_put() from fabric packet acknowledgement.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This patch moves target_put_sess_cmd() to use a se_cmd->cmd_kref
callback target_release_cmd_kref when performing driver release of
fabric->se_cmd descriptor memory. It sets the default cmd_kref
count value to '2' within target_get_sess_cmd() setup, and
currently assumes TFO->check_stop_free() usage.
It drops se_tfo->check_release_cmd() usage in the main
transport_release_cmd codepath.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
If we want dynamically allocated objects to be cacheline aligned we need
to tell that to the slab allocator by using the proper flags and not
by liberally sprinkling annotations onto all structures.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
There is no need to make task_state_active an atomic_t given that it is
always set under the execute_task_lock so we can make it a simple bool.
Also rename it to t_state_active to be closer to the list it guards,
and make sure all checks before the list addion/removal actually happen
under execute_task_lock.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
We only reach transport_complete_task once per task, so the test and set on
task_error_status is never going to have an effect.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This reorganized the headers under include/target into:
- target_core_base.h stays as is with all target-wide data stuctures and defines
- target_core_backend.h contains the whole interface to I/O backends
- target_core_fabric.h contains the whole interface to fabric modules
Except for those only the various configfs macro headers stay around.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Create a new headers, drivers/target/target_core_internal.h that is supposed
to hold all target_core-internal prototypes. Move all non-exported includes
from include/target to it, and merge the smaller prototype-only includes
inside drivers/target into it as well. Mark functions that were found to
not be called outside their implementation file static.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
Use an getter function in plat-orion/addr-map.c to get the address map
structure, rather than pass it to drivers in the platform_data
structures. When the drivers are built for none orion platforms, a
dummy function is provided instead which returns NULL.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
Now block layer knows everything necessary to create and associate
icq's with requests. Move ioc_create_icq() to blk-ioc.c and update
get_request() such that, if elevator_type->icq_size is set, requests
are automatically associated with their matching icq's before
elv_set_request(). io_context reference is also managed by block core
on request alloc/free.
* Only ioprio/cgroup changed handling remains from cfq_get_cic().
Collapsed into cfq_set_request().
* This removes queue kicking on icq allocation failure (for now). As
icq allocation failure is rare and the only effect of queue kicking
achieved was possibily accelerating queue processing, this change
shouldn't be noticeable.
There is a larger underlying problem. Unlike request allocation,
icq allocation is not guaranteed to succeed eventually after
retries. The number of icq is unbound and thus mempool can't be the
solution either. This effectively adds allocation dependency on
memory free path and thus possibility of deadlock.
This usually wouldn't happen because icq allocation is not a hot
path and, even when the condition triggers, it's highly unlikely
that none of the writeback workers already has icq.
However, this is still possible especially if elevator is being
switched under high memory pressure, so we better get it fixed.
Probably the only solution is just bypassing elevator and appending
to dispatch queue on any elevator allocation failure.
* Comment added to explain how icq's are managed and synchronized.
This completes cleanup of io_context interface.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Add elevator_ops->elevator_init_icq_fn() and restructure
cfq_create_cic() and rename it to ioc_create_icq().
The new function expects its caller to pass in io_context, uses
elevator_type->icq_cache, handles generic init, calls the new elevator
operation for elevator specific initialization, and returns pointer to
created or looked up icq. This leaves cfq_icq_pool variable without
any user. Removed.
This prepares for io_context interface cleanup and doesn't introduce
any functional difference.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
With kmem_cache managed by blk-ioc, io_cq exit/release can be moved to
blk-ioc too. The odd ->io_cq->exit/release() callbacks are replaced
with elevator_ops->elevator_exit_icq_fn() with unlinking from both ioc
and q, and freeing automatically handled by blk-ioc. The elevator
operation only need to perform exit operation specific to the elevator
- in cfq's case, exiting the cfqq's.
Also, clearing of io_cq's on q detach is moved to block core and
automatically performed on elevator switch and q release.
Because the q io_cq points to might be freed before RCU callback for
the io_cq runs, blk-ioc code should remember to which cache the io_cq
needs to be freed when the io_cq is released. New field
io_cq->__rcu_icq_cache is added for this purpose. As both the new
field and rcu_head are used only after io_cq is released and the
q/ioc_node fields aren't, they are put into unions.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Let elevators set ->icq_size and ->icq_align in elevator_type and
elv_register() and elv_unregister() respectively create and destroy
kmem_cache for icq.
* elv_register() now can return failure. All callers updated.
* icq caches are automatically named "ELVNAME_io_cq".
* cfq_slab_setup/kill() are collapsed into cfq_init/exit().
* While at it, minor indentation change for iosched_cfq.elevator_name
for consistency.
This will help moving icq management to block core. This doesn't
introduce any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Most of icq management is about to be moved out of cfq into blk-ioc.
This patch prepares for it.
* Move cfqd->icq_list to request_queue->icq_list
* Make request explicitly point to icq instead of through elevator
private data. ->elevator_private[3] is replaced with sub struct elv
which contains icq pointer and priv[2]. cfq is updated accordingly.
* Meaningless clearing of ->elevator_private[0] removed from
elv_set_request(). At that point in code, the field was guaranteed
to be %NULL anyway.
This patch doesn't introduce any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Currently io_context and cfq logics are mixed without clear boundary.
Most of io_context is independent from cfq but cfq_io_context handling
logic is dispersed between generic ioc code and cfq.
cfq_io_context represents association between an io_context and a
request_queue, which is a concept useful outside of cfq, but it also
contains fields which are useful only to cfq.
This patch takes out generic part and put it into io_cq (io
context-queue) and the rest into cfq_io_cq (cic moniker remains the
same) which contains io_cq. The following changes are made together.
* cfq_ttime and cfq_io_cq now live in cfq-iosched.c.
* All related fields, functions and constants are renamed accordingly.
* ioc->ioc_data is now "struct io_cq *" instead of "void *" and
renamed to icq_hint.
This prepares for io_context API cleanup. Documentation is currently
sparse. It will be added later.
Changes in this patch are mechanical and don't cause functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
elevator_queue->ops points to the same ops struct ->elevator_type.ops
is pointing to. The only effect of caching it in elevator_queue is
shorter notation - it doesn't save any indirect derefence.
Relocate elevator_type->list which used only during module init/exit
to the end of the structure, rename elevator_queue->elevator_type to
->type, and replace elevator_queue->ops with elevator_queue->type.ops.
This doesn't introduce any functional difference.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Now that lazy paths are removed, cfqd_dead_key() is meaningless and
cic->q can be used whereever cic->key is used. Kill cic->key.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Now that cic's are immediately unlinked under both locks, there's no
need to count and drain cic's before module unload. RCU callback
completion is waited with rcu_barrier().
While at it, remove residual RCU operations on cic_list.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Now that all cic's are immediately unlinked from both ioc and queue,
lazy dropping from lookup path and trimming on elevator unregister are
unnecessary. Kill them and remove now unused elevator_ops->trim().
This also leaves call_for_each_cic() without any user. Removed.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
cic is association between io_context and request_queue. A cic is
linked from both ioc and q and should be destroyed when either one
goes away. As ioc and q both have their own locks, locking becomes a
bit complex - both orders work for removal from one but not from the
other.
Currently, cfq tries to circumvent this locking order issue with RCU.
ioc->lock nests inside queue_lock but the radix tree and cic's are
also protected by RCU allowing either side to walk their lists without
grabbing lock.
This rather unconventional use of RCU quickly devolves into extremely
fragile convolution. e.g. The following is from cfqd going away too
soon after ioc and q exits raced.
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
CPU 2
Modules linked in:
[ 88.503444]
Pid: 599, comm: hexdump Not tainted 3.1.0-rc10-work+ #158 Bochs Bochs
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff81397628>] [<ffffffff81397628>] cfq_exit_single_io_context+0x58/0xf0
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81395a4a>] call_for_each_cic+0x5a/0x90
[<ffffffff81395ab5>] cfq_exit_io_context+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffff81389130>] exit_io_context+0x100/0x140
[<ffffffff81098a29>] do_exit+0x579/0x850
[<ffffffff81098d5b>] do_group_exit+0x5b/0xd0
[<ffffffff81098de7>] sys_exit_group+0x17/0x20
[<ffffffff81b02f2b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
The only real hot path here is cic lookup during request
initialization and avoiding extra locking requires very confined use
of RCU. This patch makes cic removal from both ioc and request_queue
perform double-locking and unlink immediately.
* From q side, the change is almost trivial as ioc->lock nests inside
queue_lock. It just needs to grab each ioc->lock as it walks
cic_list and unlink it.
* From ioc side, it's a bit more difficult because of inversed lock
order. ioc needs its lock to walk its cic_list but can't grab the
matching queue_lock and needs to perform unlock-relock dancing.
Unlinking is now wholly done from put_io_context() and fast path is
optimized by using the queue_lock the caller already holds, which is
by far the most common case. If the ioc accessed multiple devices,
it tries with trylock. In unlikely cases of fast path failure, it
falls back to full double-locking dance from workqueue.
Double-locking isn't the prettiest thing in the world but it's *far*
simpler and more understandable than RCU trick without adding any
meaningful overhead.
This still leaves a lot of now unnecessary RCU logics. Future patches
will trim them.
-v2: Vivek pointed out that cic->q was being dereferenced after
cic->release() was called. Updated to use local variable @this_q
instead.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
ioprio/cgroup change was handled by marking the changed state in ioc
and, on the following access to the ioc, performing RCU-protected
iteration through all cic's grabbing the matching queue_lock.
This patch moves the changed state to each cic. When ioprio or cgroup
changes, the respective bit is set on all cic's of the ioc and when
each of those cic (not ioc) is accessed, change is applied for that
specific ioc-queue pair.
This also fixes the following two race conditions between setting and
clearing of changed states.
* Missing barrier between assign/load of ioprio and ioprio_changed
allowed applying old ioprio.
* Change requests could happen between application of change and
clearing of changed variables.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Make the following changes to prepare for ioc/cic management cleanup.
* Add cic->q so that ioc can determine the associated queue without
querying cfq. This will eventually replace ->key.
* Factor out cfq_release_cic() from cic_free_func(). This function
assumes that the caller handled locking.
* Rename __cfq_exit_single_io_context() to cfq_exit_cic() and make it
take only @cic.
* Restructure cfq_cic_link() for future updates.
This patch doesn't introduce any functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
* blk_get_queue() is peculiar in that it returns 0 on success and 1 on
failure instead of 0 / -errno or boolean. Update it such that it
returns %true on success and %false on failure.
* Make sure the caller checks for the return value.
* Separate out __blk_get_queue() which doesn't check whether @q is
dead and put it in blk.h. This will be used later.
This patch doesn't introduce any functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Ignoring copy_io() during fork, io_context can be allocated from two
places - current_io_context() and set_task_ioprio(). The former is
always called from local task while the latter can be called from
different task. The synchornization between them are peculiar and
dubious.
* current_io_context() doesn't grab task_lock() and assumes that if it
saw %NULL ->io_context, it would stay that way until allocation and
assignment is complete. It has smp_wmb() between alloc/init and
assignment.
* set_task_ioprio() grabs task_lock() for assignment and does
smp_read_barrier_depends() between "ioc = task->io_context" and "if
(ioc)". Unfortunately, this doesn't achieve anything - the latter
is not a dependent load of the former. ie, if ioc itself were being
dereferenced "ioc->xxx", it would mean something (not sure what tho)
but as the code currently stands, the dependent read barrier is
noop.
As only one of the the two test-assignment sequences is task_lock()
protected, the task_lock() can't do much about race between the two.
Nothing prevents current_io_context() and set_task_ioprio() allocating
its own ioc for the same task and overwriting the other's.
Also, set_task_ioprio() can race with exiting task and create a new
ioc after exit_io_context() is finished.
ioc get/put doesn't have any reason to be complex. The only hot path
is accessing the existing ioc of %current, which is simple to achieve
given that ->io_context is never destroyed as long as the task is
alive. All other paths can happily go through task_lock() like all
other task sub structures without impacting anything.
This patch updates ioc get/put so that it becomes more conventional.
* alloc_io_context() is replaced with get_task_io_context(). This is
the only interface which can acquire access to ioc of another task.
On return, the caller has an explicit reference to the object which
should be put using put_io_context() afterwards.
* The functionality of current_io_context() remains the same but when
creating a new ioc, it shares the code path with
get_task_io_context() and always goes through task_lock().
* get_io_context() now means incrementing ref on an ioc which the
caller already has access to (be that an explicit refcnt or implicit
%current one).
* PF_EXITING inhibits creation of new io_context and once
exit_io_context() is finished, it's guaranteed that both ioc
acquisition functions return %NULL.
* All users are updated. Most are trivial but
smp_read_barrier_depends() removal from cfq_get_io_context() needs a
bit of explanation. I suppose the original intention was to ensure
ioc->ioprio is visible when set_task_ioprio() allocates new
io_context and installs it; however, this wouldn't have worked
because set_task_ioprio() doesn't have wmb between init and install.
There are other problems with this which will be fixed in another
patch.
* While at it, use NUMA_NO_NODE instead of -1 for wildcard node
specification.
-v2: Vivek spotted contamination from debug patch. Removed.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
* int return from put_io_context() wasn't used by anybody. Make it
return void like other put functions and docbook-fy the function
comment.
* Reorder dummy declarations for !CONFIG_BLOCK case a bit.
* Make alloc_ioc_context() use __GFP_ZERO allocation, take init out of
if block and drop 0'ing.
* Docbook-fy current_io_context() comment.
This patch doesn't introduce any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
cfq allocates per-queue id using ida and uses it to index cic radix
tree from io_context. Move it to q->id and allocate on queue init and
free on queue release. This simplifies cfq a bit and will allow for
further improvements of io context life-cycle management.
This patch doesn't introduce any functional difference.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
There are a number of QUEUE_FLAG_DEAD tests. Add blk_queue_dead()
macro and use it.
This patch doesn't introduce any functional difference.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
The only user left for blk_insert_request() is sx8 and it can be
trivially switched to use blk_execute_rq_nowait() - special requests
aren't included in io stat and sx8 doesn't use block layer tagging.
Switch sx8 and kill blk_insert_requeset().
This patch doesn't introduce any functional difference.
Only compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
It's simpler to just keep these things out until there is a real user
of them, so we can see what the needs actually are, rather than keep
these things around as useless overhead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just scratching an itch here, but it makes more sense to use the
static keyword if you think about how the compiler treats inline
functions.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Alwin Beukers <alwin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The BCMA header only had definitions for 32-bit register access. Used
those as a template for the 16-bit flavour. Also changed them to inline
functions to be on the safe side. As offset parameter is used twice there
would be a problem when used like this: bcma_set32(core, offset++, val);
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Alwin Beukers <alwin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where
the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211
of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work
got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following
WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of
the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl
that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP
event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this,
move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed().
[158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586
__cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1()
[158645.538810] Call Trace:
[158645.538838] [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a
[158645.538917] [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.538946] [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[158645.539055] [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.539086] [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc
[158645.539166] [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36
[158645.539195] [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b
[158645.539273] [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419
[158645.539301] [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf
[158645.539379] [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5
[158645.539407] [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67
[158645.539484] [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[158645.539514] [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
1. Added module parameters sr_iov and probe_vf for controlling enablement of
SRIOV mode.
2. Increased default max num-qps, num-mpts and log_num_macs to accomodate
SRIOV mode
3. Added port_type_array as a module parameter to allow driver startup with
ports configured as desired.
In SRIOV mode, only ETH is supported, and this array is ignored; otherwise,
for the case where the FW supports both port types (ETH and IB), the
port_type_array parameter is used.
By default, the port_type_array is set to configure both ports as IB.
4. When running in sriov mode, the master needs to initialize the ICM eq table
to hold the eq's for itself and also for all the slaves.
5. mlx4_set_port_mask() now invoked from mlx4_init_hca, instead of in mlx4_dev_cap.
6. Introduced sriov VF (slave) device startup/teardown logic (mainly procedures
mlx4_init_slave, mlx4_slave_exit, mlx4_slave_cap, mlx4_slave_exit and flow
modifications in __mlx4_init_one, mlx4_init_hca, and mlx4_setup_hca).
VFs obtain their startup information from the PF (master) device via the
comm channel.
7. In SRIOV mode (both PF and VF), MSI_X must be enabled, or the driver
aborts loading the device.
8. Do not allow setting port type via sysfs when running in SRIOV mode.
9. mlx4_get_ownership: Currently, only one PF is supported by the driver.
If the HCA is burned with FW which enables more than one PF, only one
of the PFs is allowed to run. The first one up grabs a FW ownership
semaphone -- all other PFs will find that semaphore taken, and the
driver will not allow them to run.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Liran Liss <liranl@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcela@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the previous implementation mtts are managed by:
1. order - log(mtt segments), 'mtt segment' groups several mtts together.
2. first_seg - segment location relative to mtt table.
In the current implementation:
1. order - log(mtts) rather than segments
2. offset - mtt index in mtt table
Note: The actual mtt allocation is made in segments but it is
transparent to callers.
Rational: The mtt resource holders are not interested on how the allocation
of mtt is done, but rather on how they will use it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcela@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The physical port is now common to the PF and VFs.
The port resources and configuration is managed by the PF, VFs can
only influence the MTU of the port, it is set as max among all functions,
Each function allocates RX buffers of required size to meet it's MTU enforcement.
Port management code was moved to mlx4_core, as the mlx4_en module is
virtualization unaware
Move handling qp functionality to mlx4_get_eth_qp/mlx4_put_eth_qp
including reserve/release range and add/release unicast steering.
Let mlx4_register/unregister_mac deal only with MAC (un)registration.
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SRIOV is enabled on the chip (at FW burning time),
the HCA uses only 17 bits for the PD. The remaining 7 high-order bits
are ignored.
Change the allocator to return only 17 bits for the PD. The MSB 7
bits will be used to encode the slave number for consistency
checking later on in the resource tracker.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For SRIOV, some Hypervisor commands can be executed directly (native = 1).
Others should go through the command wrapper flow (for tracking resource
usage, for example, or for changing some HCA configurations that slaves
need to be notified of).
This patch sets the groundwork for this capability -- adding the correct
value of "native" in each case.
Note that if SRIOV is not activated, this parameter has no effect.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Port mask now has additional state.
Port can be set as "none". In this case neither the mlx4_en or mlx4_ib
drivers take ownership of the port.
In multifunction mode there is an option to set the vfs as single ported devices.
(in single function mode, both physical ports belong to same function)
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These changes will not affect module operation as yet. They
are only to get some structs and enums in place for use by
subsequent patches (making those smaller).
Added here:
* sriov state structs and inlines (mlx4_is_master/slave/mfunc)
* comm-channel and vhcr support structures
* enum values for new FW and comm-channel virtual commands
(i.e., commands, passed via the comm channel to the PF-driver).
* prototypes for many command wrapper functions (used by the
PF context for processing FW commands passed to it by the VFs).
* struct mlx4_eqe is moved from eq.c to mlx4.h (it will be used
by other mlx4_core source files).
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 1b0b3b9980 ("kref: fix CPU ordering with respect to krefs")
wrongly adds memory barriers to kref.
It states:
some atomic operations are only atomic, not ordered. Thus a CPU is allowed
to reorder memory references to an object to before the reference is
obtained. This fixes it.
While true, it fails to show why this is a problem. I say it is not a
problem because if there is a race with kref_put() such that we could
end up referencing a free'd object without this memory barrier, we
would still have that race with the memory barrier.
The kref_put() in question could complete (and free the object) before
the atomic_inc() and we'd still be up shit creek.
The kref_init() case is even worse, if your object is published at this
time you're so wrong the memory barrier won't make a difference what
so ever. If its not published, the act of publishing should include
the needed barriers/locks to make sure all writes prior to the act of
publishing are complete such that others will only observe a complete
object.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
These are tiny functions, there's no point in having them out-of-line.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-8eccvi2ur2fzgi00xdjlbf5z@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Fix AHZ multiple inclusion when __KERNEL__ is removed as part of the separation
of the userspace headers from the kernel headers.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make linux/patchkey.h easier to parse by making the #elif case associated with
the __KERNEL__ guard a nested #if in a #else of the __KERNEL__ guard.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Allows a FUSE file-system to tell the kernel when a file or directory is
deleted. If the specified dentry has the specified inode number, the kernel will
unhash it.
The current 'fuse_notify_inval_entry' does not cause the kernel to clean up
directories that are in use properly, and as a result the users of those
directories see incorrect semantics from the file-system. The error condition
seen when 'fuse_notify_inval_entry' is used to notify of a deleted directory is
avoided when 'fuse_notify_delete' is used instead.
The following scenario demonstrates the difference:
1. User A chdirs into 'testdir' and starts reading 'testfile'.
2. User B rm -rf 'testdir'.
3. User B creates 'testdir'.
4. User C chdirs into 'testdir'.
If you run the above within the same machine on any file-system (including fuse
file-systems), there is no problem: user C is able to chdir into the new
testdir. The old testdir is removed from the dentry tree, but still open by user
A.
If operations 2 and 3 are performed via the network such that the fuse
file-system uses one of the notify functions to tell the kernel that the nodes
are gone, then the following error occurs for user C while user A holds the
original directory open:
muirj@empacher:~> ls /test/testdir
ls: cannot access /test/testdir: No such file or directory
The issue here is that the kernel still has a dentry for testdir, and so it is
requesting the attributes for the old directory, while the file-system is
responding that the directory no longer exists.
If on the other hand, if the file-system can notify the kernel that the
directory is deleted using the new 'fuse_notify_delete' function, then the above
ls will find the new directory as expected.
Signed-off-by: John Muir <john@jmuir.com>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Multiplexing filesystems may want to support ioctls on the underlying
files and directores (e.g. FS_IOC_{GET,SET}FLAGS).
Ioctl support on directories was missing so add it now.
Reported-by: Antonio SJ Musumeci <bile@landofbile.com>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Place reinclusion guards on linux/cuda.h otherwise the UAPI splitter script
won't insert a #include to make the kernel header include the UAPI header.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Place reinclusion guards on linux/pmu.h otherwise the UAPI splitter won't
insert the #include to include the UAPI header from the kernel header.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Place reinclusion guards on linux/isdn_divertif.h otherwise the UAPI splitter
script won't insert the #include to include the UAPI header from the kernel
header.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Place reinclusion guards on linux/sound.h otherwise the UAPI splitter script
won't insert a #include to make the kernel header include the UAPI header.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Rearrange the definition of HZ in asm-generic/param.h so that the user-specific
is declared before the kernel-specific one. We then explicitly #undef the
userspace HZ value and replace it with the kernel HZ value.
This allows the userspace params to be excised into a separate header as part
of the UAPI header split.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Exactly like roundup_pow_of_two(1), the rounddown version was buggy for
the case of a compile-time constant '1' argument. Probably because it
originated from the same code, sharing history with the roundup version
from before the bugfix (for that one, see commit 1a06a52ee1b0: "Fix
roundup_pow_of_two(1)").
However, unlike the roundup version, the fix for rounddown is to just
remove the broken special case entirely. It's simply not needed - the
generic code
1UL << ilog2(n)
does the right thing for the constant '1' argment too. The only reason
roundup needed that special case was because rounding up does so by
subtracting one from the argument (and then adding one to the result)
causing the obvious problems with "ilog2(0)".
But rounddown doesn't do any of that, since ilog2() naturally truncates
(ie "rounds down") to the right rounded down value. And without the
ilog2(0) case, there's no reason for the special case that had the wrong
value.
tl;dr: rounddown_pow_of_two(1) should be 1, not 0.
Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@vmware.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc:
mmc: core: Fix deadlock when the CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME is not defined
mmc: sdhci-s3c: Remove old and misprototyped suspend operations
mmc: tmio: fix clock gating on platforms with a .set_pwr() method
mmc: sh_mmcif: fix clock gating on platforms with a .down_pwr() method
mmc: core: Fix typo at mmc_card_sleep
mmc: core: Fix power_off_notify during suspend
mmc: core: Fix setting power notify state variable for non-eMMC
mmc: core: Add quirk for long data read time
mmc: Add module.h include to sdhci-cns3xxx.c
mmc: mxcmmc: fix falling back to PIO
mmc: omap_hsmmc: DMA unmap only once in case of MMC error
These three methods are no longer used. Kill them.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Currently, there's no way to pass multiple tasks to cgroup_subsys
methods necessitating the need for separate per-process and per-task
methods. This patch introduces cgroup_taskset which can be used to
pass multiple tasks and their associated cgroups to cgroup_subsys
methods.
Three methods - can_attach(), cancel_attach() and attach() - are
converted to use cgroup_taskset. This unifies passed parameters so
that all methods have access to all information. Conversions in this
patchset are identical and don't introduce any behavior change.
-v2: documentation updated as per Paul Menage's suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <bsingharora@gmail.com>
Cc: Daisuke Nishimura <nishimura@mxp.nes.nec.co.jp>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
threadgroup_lock() protected only protected against new addition to
the threadgroup, which was inherently somewhat incomplete and
problematic for its only user cgroup. On-going migration could race
against exec and exit leading to interesting problems - the symmetry
between various attach methods, task exiting during method execution,
->exit() racing against attach methods, migrating task switching basic
properties during exec and so on.
This patch extends threadgroup_lock() such that it protects against
all three threadgroup altering operations - fork, exit and exec. For
exit, threadgroup_change_begin/end() calls are added to exit_signals
around assertion of PF_EXITING. For exec, threadgroup_[un]lock() are
updated to also grab and release cred_guard_mutex.
With this change, threadgroup_lock() guarantees that the target
threadgroup will remain stable - no new task will be added, no new
PF_EXITING will be set and exec won't happen.
The next patch will update cgroup so that it can take full advantage
of this change.
-v2: beefed up comment as suggested by Frederic.
-v3: narrowed scope of protection in exit path as suggested by
Frederic.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Make the following renames to prepare for extension of threadgroup
locking.
* s/signal->threadgroup_fork_lock/signal->group_rwsem/
* s/threadgroup_fork_read_lock()/threadgroup_change_begin()/
* s/threadgroup_fork_read_unlock()/threadgroup_change_end()/
* s/threadgroup_fork_write_lock()/threadgroup_lock()/
* s/threadgroup_fork_write_unlock()/threadgroup_unlock()/
This patch doesn't cause any behavior change.
-v2: Rename threadgroup_change_done() to threadgroup_change_end() per
KAMEZAWA's suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
This extension can be used to simulate special link layer
characteristics. Simulate because packet data is not modified, only the
calculation base is changed to delay a packet based on the original
packet size and artificial cell information.
packet_overhead can be used to simulate a link layer header compression
scheme (e.g. set packet_overhead to -20) or with a positive
packet_overhead value an additional MAC header can be simulated. It is
also possible to "replace" the 14 byte Ethernet header with something
else.
cell_size and cell_overhead can be used to simulate link layer schemes,
based on cells, like some TDMA schemes. Another application area are MAC
schemes using a link layer fragmentation with a (small) header each.
Cell size is the maximum amount of data bytes within one cell. Cell
overhead is an additional variable to change the per-cell-overhead
(e.g. 5 byte header per fragment).
Example (5 kbit/s, 20 byte per packet overhead, cell-size 100 byte, per
cell overhead 5 byte):
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem rate 5kbit 20 100 5
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses the "tcp.limit_in_bytes" field of the kmem_cgroup to
effectively control the amount of kernel memory pinned by a cgroup.
This value is ignored in the root cgroup, and in all others,
caps the value specified by the admin in the net namespaces'
view of tcp_sysctl_mem.
If namespaces are being used, the admin is allowed to set a
value bigger than cgroup's maximum, the same way it is allowed
to set pretty much unlimited values in a real box.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows each namespace to independently set up
its levels for tcp memory pressure thresholds. This patch
alone does not buy much: we need to make this values
per group of process somehow. This is achieved in the
patches that follows in this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces memory pressure controls for the tcp
protocol. It uses the generic socket memory pressure code
introduced in earlier patches, and fills in the
necessary data in cg_proto struct.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this work is to move the memory pressure tcp
controls to a cgroup, instead of just relying on global
conditions.
To avoid excessive overhead in the network fast paths,
the code that accounts allocated memory to a cgroup is
hidden inside a static_branch(). This branch is patched out
until the first non-root cgroup is created. So when nobody
is using cgroups, even if it is mounted, no significant performance
penalty should be seen.
This patch handles the generic part of the code, and has nothing
tcp-specific.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtsu.com>
CC: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces all uses of struct sock fields' memory_pressure,
memory_allocated, sockets_allocated, and sysctl_mem to acessor
macros. Those macros can either receive a socket argument, or a mem_cgroup
argument, depending on the context they live in.
Since we're only doing a macro wrapping here, no performance impact at all is
expected in the case where we don't have cgroups disabled.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro HUB_SET_DEPTH is defined twice in ch11.h (introduced by
commit 0eadcc0 "usb: USB3.0 ch11 definitions" and dbe79bb "USB 3.0
Hub Changes"), so remove the duplicate one in the USB 2.0 part.
Signed-off-by: Qinglin Ye <yestyle@gmail.com>
Cc: John Youn <John.Youn@synopsys.com>
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
of_parse_phandle_with_args() needs to return quite a bit of data. Rather
than making each datum a separate **out_ argument, this patch creates
struct of_phandle_args to contain all the returned data and reworks the
user of the function. This patch also enables of_parse_phandle_with_args()
to return the device node pointer for the phandle node.
This patch also ends up being fairly major surgery to
of_parse_handle_with_args(). The existing structure didn't work well
when extending to use of_phandle_args, and I discovered bugs during testing.
I also took the opportunity to rename the function to be like the
existing of_parse_phandle().
v2: - moved declaration of of_phandle_args to fix compile on non-DT builds
- fixed incorrect index in example usage
- fixed incorrect return code handling for empty entries
Reviewed-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
A large chunk of qe_pin_request() is unnecessarily cut-and-paste
directly from of_get_named_gpio_flags(). This patch cuts out the
duplicate code and replaces it with a call to of_get_gpio().
v2: fixed compile error due to missing gpio_to_chip()
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Currently, for any multi-standard frontend it is assumed that it just
has a single standard capability. This is fine in some cases, but
makes things hard when there are incompatible standards in conjuction.
Eg: DVB-S can be seen as a subset of DVB-S2, but the same doesn't hold
the same for DSS. This is not specific to any driver as it is, but a
generic issue. This was handled correctly in the multiproto tree,
while such functionality is missing from the v5 API update.
http://www.linuxtv.org/pipermail/vdr/2008-November/018417.html
Later on a FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION was added as a hack to workaround this
issue in the v5 API, but that hack is incapable of addressing the
issue, as it can be used to simply distinguish between DVB-S and
DVB-S2 alone, or another X vs X2 modulation. If there are more systems,
then you have a potential issue.
An application needs to query the device capabilities before requesting
any operation from the device.
Signed-off-by: Manu Abraham <abraham.manu@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@linuxtv.org>
Acked-by: Oliver Endriss <o.endriss@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Factor out the irq_chip implementation, substantially reducing the code
size for the driver.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
For later chip revisions the WM1811 GPIO6 register is always volatile so
store the device revision when initialising the driver and then check at
runtime if we're running on a newer device.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
struct wm8994 includes a mutex so we need to include mutex.h before we
declare it. All current users rely on this being done implicitly.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The driver has no need to modify the regulator_init_data so declare it
const to allow machine code to do so.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
As part of this we provide information about the registers that exist in
the device to the regmap core, drop the small amount of cache that the
core had been using and let regmap do the sync.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Add a bunch of definitions for wm8994 registers that are not currently
used by software.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Disable more pulls by default on WM8994 for a small current saving. Since
some designs do leave SPKMODE floating provide platform data to allow that
to be left enabled.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch adds the amd_iommu_init_device() and
amd_iommu_free_device() functions which make a device and
the IOMMU ready for IOMMUv2 usage.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
elf_read_implies_exec() is a kernel-only feature as the second parameter is a
constant that isn't exported to userspace. Not only that, but the
arch-specific overrides are not exported either.
So hide the macro from userspace.
Similarly, struct file should not be predeclared in userspace.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
This commit renames the “speed” field of the usb_gadget_driver
structure to “max_speed”. This is so that to make it more
apparent that the field represents the maximum speed gadget
driver can support.
This also make the field look more like fields with the same
name in usb_gadget and usb_composite_driver structures. All
of those represent the *maximal* speed given entity supports.
After this commit, there are the following fields in various
structures:
* usb_gadget::speed - the current connection speed,
* usb_gadget::max_speed - maximal speed UDC supports,
* usb_gadget_driver::max_speed - maximal speed gadget driver
supports, and
* usb_composite_driver::max_speed - maximal speed composite
gadget supports.
Signed-off-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
This commit replaces usb_gadget's is_dualspeed field with
a max_speed field.
[ balbi@ti.com : Fixed DWC3 driver ]
Signed-off-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
This driver adds support for Sharp's GP2AP002A00F proximity sensor. The
proximity is measured as a binary switch, i.e. an object is either
detected or not detected. Hence, this driver is implemented as a switch
that reports SW_FRONT_PROXIMITY.
Reviewed-by: Datta Shubhrajyoti <shubhrajyoti@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Courtney Cavin <courtney.cavin@sonyericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Oskar Andero <oskar.andero@sonyericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Instead of testing defined(CONFIG_IPV6) || defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current rcu_batch_end event trace records only the name of the RCU
flavor and the total number of callbacks that remain queued on the
current CPU. This is insufficient for testing and tuning the new
dyntick-idle RCU_FAST_NO_HZ code, so this commit adds idle state along
with whether or not any of the callbacks that were ready to invoke
at the beginning of rcu_do_batch() are still queued.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
When architectures register CPUs, they indicate whether the CPU allows
hotplugging; notably, x86 and ARM don't allow hotplugging CPU 0.
Userspace can easily query the hotpluggability of a CPU via sysfs;
however, the kernel has no convenient way of accessing that property in
an architecture-independent way. While the kernel can simply try it and
see, some code needs to distinguish between "hotplug failed" and
"hotplug has no hope of working on this CPU"; for example, rcutorture's
CPU hotplug tests want to avoid drowning out real hotplug failures with
expected failures.
Expose this property via a new cpu_is_hotpluggable function, so that the
rest of the kernel can access it in an architecture-independent way.
Signed-off-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The current implementation of RCU_FAST_NO_HZ prevents CPUs from entering
dyntick-idle state if they have RCU callbacks pending. Unfortunately,
this has the side-effect of often preventing them from entering this
state, especially if at least one other CPU is not in dyntick-idle state.
However, the resulting per-tick wakeup is wasteful in many cases: if the
CPU has already fully responded to the current RCU grace period, there
will be nothing for it to do until this grace period ends, which will
frequently take several jiffies.
This commit therefore permits a CPU that has done everything that the
current grace period has asked of it (rcu_pending() == 0) even if it
still as RCU callbacks pending. However, such a CPU posts a timer to
wake it up several jiffies later (6 jiffies, based on experience with
grace-period lengths). This wakeup is required to handle situations
that can result in all CPUs being in dyntick-idle mode, thus failing
to ever complete the current grace period. If a CPU wakes up before
the timer goes off, then it cancels that timer, thus avoiding spurious
wakeups.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The intent is that a given RCU read-side critical section be confined
to a single context. For example, it is illegal to invoke rcu_read_lock()
in an exception handler and then invoke rcu_read_unlock() from the
context of the task that received the exception.
Suggested-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
With the new implementation of RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, it was possible to hang
RCU grace periods as follows:
o CPU 0 attempts to go idle, cycles several times through the
rcu_prepare_for_idle() loop, then goes dyntick-idle when
RCU needs nothing more from it, while still having at least
on RCU callback pending.
o CPU 1 goes idle with no callbacks.
Both CPUs can then stay in dyntick-idle mode indefinitely, preventing
the RCU grace period from ever completing, possibly hanging the system.
This commit therefore prevents CPUs that have RCU callbacks from entering
dyntick-idle mode. This approach also eliminates the need for the
end-of-grace-period IPIs used previously.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This commit adds trace_rcu_prep_idle(), which is invoked from
rcu_prepare_for_idle() and rcu_wake_cpu() to trace attempts on
the part of RCU to force CPUs into dyntick-idle mode.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This commit updates the trace_rcu_dyntick() header comment to reflect
events added by commit 4b4f421.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Those two APIs were provided to optimize the calls of
tick_nohz_idle_enter() and rcu_idle_enter() into a single
irq disabled section. This way no interrupt happening in-between would
needlessly process any RCU job.
Now we are talking about an optimization for which benefits
have yet to be measured. Let's start simple and completely decouple
idle rcu and dyntick idle logics to simplify.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Commit 908a3283 (Fix idle_cpu()) invalidated some uses of idle_cpu(),
which used to say whether or not the CPU was running the idle task,
but now instead says whether or not the CPU is running the idle task
in the absence of pending wakeups. Although this new implementation
gives a better answer to the question "is this CPU idle?", it also
invalidates other uses that were made of idle_cpu().
This commit therefore introduces a new is_idle_task() API member
that determines whether or not the specified task is one of the
idle tasks, allowing open-coded "->pid == 0" sequences to be replaced
by something more meaningful.
Suggested-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Suggested-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The trace_rcu_dyntick() trace event did not print both the old and
the new value of the nesting level, and furthermore printed only
the low-order 32 bits of it. This could result in some confusion
when interpreting trace-event dumps, so this commit prints both
the old and the new value, prints the full 64 bits, and also selects
the process-entry/exit increment to print nicely in hexadecimal.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
The RCU implementations, including SRCU, are designed to be used in a
lock-like fashion, so that the read-side lock and unlock primitives must
execute in the same context for any given read-side critical section.
This constraint is enforced by lockdep-RCU. However, there is a need
to enter an SRCU read-side critical section within the context of an
exception and then exit in the context of the task that encountered the
exception. The cost of this capability is that the read-side operations
incur the overhead of disabling interrupts.
Note that although the current implementation allows a given read-side
critical section to be entered by one task and then exited by another, all
known possible implementations that allow this have scalability problems.
Therefore, a given read-side critical section must be exited by the same
task that entered it, though perhaps from an interrupt or exception
handler running within that task's context. But if you are thinking
in terms of interrupt handlers, make sure that you have considered the
possibility of threaded interrupt handlers.
Credit goes to Peter Zijlstra for suggesting use of the existing _raw
suffix to indicate disabling lockdep over the earlier "bulkref" names.
Requested-by: Srikar Dronamraju <srikar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Srikar Dronamraju <srikar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
It is assumed that rcu won't be used once we switch to tickless
mode and until we restart the tick. However this is not always
true, as in x86-64 where we dereference the idle notifiers after
the tick is stopped.
To prepare for fixing this, add two new APIs:
tick_nohz_idle_enter_norcu() and tick_nohz_idle_exit_norcu().
If no use of RCU is made in the idle loop between
tick_nohz_enter_idle() and tick_nohz_exit_idle() calls, the arch
must instead call the new *_norcu() version such that the arch doesn't
need to call rcu_idle_enter() and rcu_idle_exit().
Otherwise the arch must call tick_nohz_enter_idle() and
tick_nohz_exit_idle() and also call explicitly:
- rcu_idle_enter() after its last use of RCU before the CPU is put
to sleep.
- rcu_idle_exit() before the first use of RCU after the CPU is woken
up.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@mprc.pku.edu.cn>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Cc: Hans-Christian Egtvedt <hans-christian.egtvedt@atmel.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The tick_nohz_stop_sched_tick() function, which tries to delay
the next timer tick as long as possible, can be called from two
places:
- From the idle loop to start the dytick idle mode
- From interrupt exit if we have interrupted the dyntick
idle mode, so that we reprogram the next tick event in
case the irq changed some internal state that requires this
action.
There are only few minor differences between both that
are handled by that function, driven by the ts->inidle
cpu variable and the inidle parameter. The whole guarantees
that we only update the dyntick mode on irq exit if we actually
interrupted the dyntick idle mode, and that we enter in RCU extended
quiescent state from idle loop entry only.
Split this function into:
- tick_nohz_idle_enter(), which sets ts->inidle to 1, enters
dynticks idle mode unconditionally if it can, and enters into RCU
extended quiescent state.
- tick_nohz_irq_exit() which only updates the dynticks idle mode
when ts->inidle is set (ie: if tick_nohz_idle_enter() has been called).
To maintain symmetry, tick_nohz_restart_sched_tick() has been renamed
into tick_nohz_idle_exit().
This simplifies the code and micro-optimize the irq exit path (no need
for local_irq_save there). This also prepares for the split between
dynticks and rcu extended quiescent state logics. We'll need this split to
further fix illegal uses of RCU in extended quiescent states in the idle
loop.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@mprc.pku.edu.cn>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Cc: Hans-Christian Egtvedt <hans-christian.egtvedt@atmel.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
A common debug_lockdep_rcu_enabled() function is used to check whether
RCU lockdep splats should be reported, but srcu_read_lock() does not
use it. This commit therefore brings srcu_read_lock_held() up to date.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Catch SRCU up to the other variants of RCU by making PROVE_RCU
complain if either srcu_read_lock() or srcu_read_lock_held() are
used from within RCU-idle mode.
Frederic reworked this to allow for the new versions of his patches
that check for extended quiescent states.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Simplify things a bit by substituting the definitions of the single-line
rcu_read_acquire(), rcu_read_release(), rcu_read_acquire_bh(),
rcu_read_release_bh(), rcu_read_acquire_sched(), and
rcu_read_release_sched() functions at their call points.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
We are currently able to detect uses of rcu_dereference_check() inside
extended quiescent states (such as the RCU-free window in idle).
But rcu_read_lock() and friends can be used without rcu_dereference(),
so that the earlier commit checking for use of rcu_dereference() and
friends while in RCU idle mode miss some error conditions. This commit
therefore adds extended quiescent state checking to rcu_read_lock() and
friends.
Uses of RCU from within RCU-idle mode are totally ignored by
RCU, hence the importance of these checks.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Report that none of the rcu read lock maps are held while in an RCU
extended quiescent state (the section between rcu_idle_enter()
and rcu_idle_exit()). This helps detect any use of rcu_dereference()
and friends from within the section in idle where RCU is not allowed.
This way we can guarantee an extended quiescent window where the CPU
can be put in dyntick idle mode or can simply aoid to be part of any
global grace period completion while in the idle loop.
Uses of RCU from such mode are totally ignored by RCU, hence the
importance of these checks.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Trace the rcutorture RCU accesses and dump the trace buffer when the
first failure is detected.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Earlier versions of RCU used the scheduling-clock tick to detect idleness
by checking for the idle task, but handled idleness differently for
CONFIG_NO_HZ=y. But there are now a number of uses of RCU read-side
critical sections in the idle task, for example, for tracing. A more
fine-grained detection of idleness is therefore required.
This commit presses the old dyntick-idle code into full-time service,
so that rcu_idle_enter(), previously known as rcu_enter_nohz(), is
always invoked at the beginning of an idle loop iteration. Similarly,
rcu_idle_exit(), previously known as rcu_exit_nohz(), is always invoked
at the end of an idle-loop iteration. This allows the idle task to
use RCU everywhere except between consecutive rcu_idle_enter() and
rcu_idle_exit() calls, in turn allowing architecture maintainers to
specify exactly where in the idle loop that RCU may be used.
Because some of the userspace upcall uses can result in what looks
to RCU like half of an interrupt, it is not possible to expect that
the irq_enter() and irq_exit() hooks will give exact counts. This
patch therefore expands the ->dynticks_nesting counter to 64 bits
and uses two separate bitfields to count process/idle transitions
and interrupt entry/exit transitions. It is presumed that userspace
upcalls do not happen in the idle loop or from usermode execution
(though usermode might do a system call that results in an upcall).
The counter is hard-reset on each process/idle transition, which
avoids the interrupt entry/exit error from accumulating. Overflow
is avoided by the 64-bitness of the ->dyntick_nesting counter.
This commit also adds warnings if a non-idle task asks RCU to enter
idle state (and these checks will need some adjustment before applying
Frederic's OS-jitter patches (http://lkml.org/lkml/2011/10/7/246).
In addition, validation of ->dynticks and ->dynticks_nesting is added.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
On 64-bit platforms assigning a pointer to a 32-bit variable causes a
compiler warning and cannot actually work. Soc-camera currently doesn't
support any 64-bit systems, but such platforms can be added in the
and in any case compiler warnings should be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Janusz Krzysztofik <jkrzyszt@tis.icnet.pl>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Adds a quirk that sets the data read timeout to a fixed value instead
of relying on the information in the CSD. The timeout value chosen
is 300ms since that has proven enough for the problematic cards found,
but could be increased if other cards require this.
This patch also enables this quirk for certain Micron cards known to
have this problem.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Nilsson XK <stefan.xk.nilsson@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
Sending a break on the SOC UARTs found in some MPC83xx/85xx/86xx
chips seems to cause a short lived IRQ storm (/proc/interrupts
typically shows somewhere between 300 and 1500 events). Unfortunately
this renders SysRQ over the serial console completely inoperable.
The suggested workaround in the errata is to read the Rx register,
wait one character period, and then read the Rx register again.
We achieve this by tracking the old LSR value, and on the subsequent
interrupt event after a break, we don't read LSR, instead we just
read the RBR again and return immediately.
The "fsl,ns16550" is used in the compatible field of the serial
device to mark UARTs known to have this issue.
Thanks to Scott Wood for providing the errata data which led to
a much cleaner fix.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
For drivers that need to construct their own IRQ handler, the
three components are seen in the current handle_port -- i.e.
Rx, Tx and modem_status.
Make these exported symbols so that "almost" 8250 UARTs can
construct their own IRQ handler with these shared components,
while working around their own unique errata issues.
The function names are given a serial8250 prefix, since they
are now entering the global namespace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The x86 EFI stub needs to access files, for example when loading
initrd's. Add the required data types.
Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
The x86 EFI boot stub uses the Graphics Output Protocol and Universal
Graphics Adapter (UGA) protocol guids when initialising graphics
during boot.
Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Add the allocation types detailed in section 6.2 - "AllocatePages()"
of the UEFI 2.3 specification. These definitions will be used by the
x86 EFI boot stub which needs to allocate memory during boot.
Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Add the EFI loaded image structure and protocol guid which are
required by the x86 EFI boot stub. The EFI boot stub uses the
structure to figure out where it was loaded in memory and to pass
command line arguments to the kernel.
Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
With the forthcoming efi stub code we're gonna need to access boot
time services so let's define a struct so we can access the functions.
Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
platform_device_register_full doesn't modify *pdevinfo so it can be
marked as const without further adaptions.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch is in succession of previous patch
commit c842114792
xHCI: Adding #define values used for hub descriptor
Hub descriptors characteristics #defines values are added in
hub_configure() in place of magic numbers as asked by Alan Stern.
And the indentation for switch and case is changed to be same.
Some #defines values are added in ch11.h for defining hub class
protocols and used in hub.c and hcd.c in which magic values were
used for hub class protocols.
Signed-off-by: Aman Deep <amandeep3986@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Add a new field num_mapped_sgs to struct urb so that we have a place to
store the number of mapped entries and can also retain the original
value of entries in num_sgs. Previously, usb_hcd_map_urb_for_dma()
would overwrite this with the number of mapped entries, which would
break dma_unmap_sg() because it requires the original number of entries.
This fixes warnings like the following when using USB storage devices:
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: at lib/dma-debug.c:902 check_unmap+0x4e4/0x695()
ehci_hcd 0000:00:12.2: DMA-API: device driver frees DMA sg list with different entry count [map count=4] [unmap count=1]
Modules linked in: ohci_hcd ehci_hcd
Pid: 0, comm: kworker/0:1 Not tainted 3.2.0-rc2+ #319
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff81036d3b>] warn_slowpath_common+0x80/0x98
[<ffffffff81036de7>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x41/0x43
[<ffffffff811fa5ae>] check_unmap+0x4e4/0x695
[<ffffffff8105e92c>] ? trace_hardirqs_off+0xd/0xf
[<ffffffff8147208b>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x33/0x50
[<ffffffff811fa84a>] debug_dma_unmap_sg+0xeb/0x117
[<ffffffff8137b02f>] usb_hcd_unmap_urb_for_dma+0x71/0x188
[<ffffffff8137b166>] unmap_urb_for_dma+0x20/0x22
[<ffffffff8137b1c5>] usb_hcd_giveback_urb+0x5d/0xc0
[<ffffffffa0000d02>] ehci_urb_done+0xf7/0x10c [ehci_hcd]
[<ffffffffa0001140>] qh_completions+0x429/0x4bd [ehci_hcd]
[<ffffffffa000340a>] ehci_work+0x95/0x9c0 [ehci_hcd]
...
---[ end trace f29ac88a5a48c580 ]---
Mapped at:
[<ffffffff811faac4>] debug_dma_map_sg+0x45/0x139
[<ffffffff8137bc0b>] usb_hcd_map_urb_for_dma+0x22e/0x478
[<ffffffff8137c494>] usb_hcd_submit_urb+0x63f/0x6fa
[<ffffffff8137d01c>] usb_submit_urb+0x2c7/0x2de
[<ffffffff8137dcd4>] usb_sg_wait+0x55/0x161
Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This lets us handle the PS3 merge easier, as well as syncing up with
other USB fixes already in the -rc4 tree.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Commit a144c6a (PM: Print a warning if firmware is requested when tasks
are frozen) introduced usermodehelper_is_disabled() to warn and exit
immediately if firmware is requested when usermodehelpers are disabled.
However, it is racy. Consider the following scenario, currently used in
drivers/base/firmware_class.c:
...
if (usermodehelper_is_disabled())
goto out;
/* Do actual work */
...
out:
return err;
Nothing prevents someone from disabling usermodehelpers just after the check
in the 'if' condition, which means that it is quite possible to try doing the
"actual work" with usermodehelpers disabled, leading to undesirable
consequences.
In particular, this race condition in _request_firmware() causes task freezing
failures whenever suspend/hibernation is in progress because, it wrongly waits
to get the firmware/microcode image from userspace when actually the
usermodehelpers are disabled or userspace has been frozen.
Some of the example scenarios that cause freezing failures due to this race
are those that depend on userspace via request_firmware(), such as x86
microcode module initialization and microcode image reload.
Previous discussions about this issue can be found at:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1198291/focus=1200591
This patch adds proper synchronization to fix this issue.
It is to be noted that this patchset fixes the freezing failures but doesn't
remove the warnings. IOW, it does not attempt to add explicit synchronization
to x86 microcode driver to avoid requesting microcode image at inopportune
moments. Because, the warnings were introduced to highlight such cases, in the
first place. And we need not silence the warnings, since we take care of the
*real* problem (freezing failure) and hence, after that, the warnings are
pretty harmless anyway.
Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Since systems are likely to have power domains that can't be turned off
for various reasons at least temporarily while implementing power domain
support provide a default governor which will always refuse to power off
the domain, saving platforms having to implement their own.
Since the code is so tiny don't bother with a Kconfig symbol for it.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
The UDP diag get_exact handler will require them to find a
socket by provided net, [sd]addr-s, [sd]ports and device.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce two callbacks in inet_diag_handler -- one for dumping all
sockets (with filters) and the other one for dumping a single sk.
Replace direct calls to icsk handlers with indirect calls to callbacks
provided by handlers.
Make existing TCP and DCCP handlers use provided helpers for icsk-s.
The UDP diag module will provide its own.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing inet_csk_diag_fill dumps the inet connection sock info
into the netlink inet_diag_message. Prepare this routine to be able
to dump only the inet_sock part of a socket if the icsk part is missing.
This will be used by UDP diag module when dumping UDP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The upcoming UDP module will require exactly this ability, so just
move the existing code to provide one.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netlink diag susbsys stores sk address bits in the nl message
as a "cookie" and uses one when dumps details about particular
socket.
The same will be required for udp diag module, so introduce a heler
in inet_diag module
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's an info_size value stored on inet_diag_handler, but for existing
code this value is effectively constant, so just use sizeof(struct tcp_info)
where required.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now RED uses a Q0.32 number to store max_p (max probability), allow
RED/GRED/CHOKE to use/report full resolution at config/dump time.
Old tc binaries are non aware of new attributes, and still set/get Plog.
New tc binary set/get both Plog and max_p for backward compatibility,
they display "probability value" if they get max_p from new kernels.
# tc -d qdisc show dev ...
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 360Kb min 30Kb max 90Kb ecn ewma 5
probability 0.09 Scell_log 15
Make sure we avoid potential divides by 0 in reciprocal_value(), if
(max_th - min_th) is big.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a power supply has a scope of "Device", then allow the power supply
to indicate what device it actually powers. This is represented in the
power supply's sysfs directory as a symlink named "powers", which points to
the sysfs directory of the powered device.
If the device has children, then the sub-devices are also powered by
the same power supply.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Richard Hughes <richard@hughsie.com>
This adds a "scope" attribute to a power_supply, which indicates how
much of the system it powers. It appears in sysfs as "scope" or in
the uevent file as POWER_SUPPLY_SCOPE=. There are presently three
possible values:
Unknown - unknown power topology
System - the power supply powers the whole system
Device - it powers a specific device, or tree of devices
A power supply which doesn't have a "scope" attribute should be assumed to
have "System" scope.
In general, usermode should assume that loss of all System-scoped power
supplies will power off the whole system, but any single one is sufficient
to power the system.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Richard Hughes <richard@hughsie.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cmetcalf/linux-tile:
arch/tile: use new generic {enable,disable}_percpu_irq() routines
drivers/net/ethernet/tile: use skb_frag_page() API
asm-generic/unistd.h: support new process_vm_{readv,write} syscalls
arch/tile: fix double-free bug in homecache_free_pages()
arch/tile: add a few #includes and an EXPORT to catch up with kernel changes.
Use atomic-long operations instead of looping around cmpxchg().
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: massage atomic.h inclusions]
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@openvz.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add support for non-entity mapped PFC registers through
the use of struct resource and ioremap()/iounmap().
The PFC main data structure gets updated with a pointer
to a struct resources array that point out all register
windows used by the PFC instance. The register definitions
are kept as physical addresses but the PFC code will do
transparent conversion into virtual addresses whenever
register windows are specified using with struct resource.
To introduce as little performance penalty as possible the
virtual address of each data register is cached in memory.
The virtual address of each configuration register is however
calculated during run time. This because the configuration
is considered slow path so focus is instead put on keeping
memory foot print as small as possible.
The PFC register access code is in this patch updated from
__raw_readN() / __raw_writeN() into ioreadN() / iowriteN().
This patch is needed to support the PFC block in r8a7779.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Add a "mapped_reg" member to struct clk and use that
to keep the ioremapped register based on enable_reg.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Adaptative RED AQM for linux, based on paper from Sally FLoyd,
Ramakrishna Gummadi, and Scott Shenker, August 2001 :
http://icir.org/floyd/papers/adaptiveRed.pdf
Goal of Adaptative RED is to make max_p a dynamic value between 1% and
50% to reach the target average queue : (max_th - min_th) / 2
Every 500 ms:
if (avg > target and max_p <= 0.5)
increase max_p : max_p += alpha;
else if (avg < target and max_p >= 0.01)
decrease max_p : max_p *= beta;
target :[min_th + 0.4*(min_th - max_th),
min_th + 0.6*(min_th - max_th)].
alpha : min(0.01, max_p / 4)
beta : 0.9
max_P is a Q0.32 fixed point number (unsigned, with 32 bits mantissa)
Changes against our RED implementation are :
max_p is no longer a negative power of two (1/(2^Plog)), but a Q0.32
fixed point number, to allow full range described in Adatative paper.
To deliver a random number, we now use a reciprocal divide (thats really
a multiply), but this operation is done once per marked/droped packet
when in RED_BETWEEN_TRESH window, so added cost (compared to previous
AND operation) is near zero.
dump operation gives current max_p value in a new TCA_RED_MAX_P
attribute.
Example on a 10Mbit link :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 8sec red \
limit 400000 min 30000 max 90000 avpkt 1000 \
burst 55 ecn adaptative bandwidth 10Mbit
# tc -s -d qdisc show dev eth3
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 400000b min 30000b max 90000b ecn
adaptative ewma 5 max_p=0.113335 Scell_log 15
Sent 50414282 bytes 34504 pkt (dropped 35, overlimits 1392 requeues 0)
rate 9749Kbit 831pps backlog 72056b 16p requeues 0
marked 1357 early 35 pdrop 0 other 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce functions handy to copy vlan ids from one driver's list to
another.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to keep track of vids needed to be in rx vlan filters of
devices even if they are used in bond/team etc.
vlan_info as well as vlan_group previously was, is allocated when first
vid is added and dealocated whan last vid is deleted.
vlan_group definition is moved to private header.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds wrapper for ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid/ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid
functions. Check for NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_FILTER feature is done in this
wrapper.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let caller know the result of adding/removing vlan id to/from vlan
filter.
In some drivers I make those functions to just return 0. But in those
where there is able to see if hw setup went correctly, return value is
set appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As this structure is priv, name it approprietely. Also for pointer to it
use name "vlan".
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The [un]lock_system_sleep() APIs were originally introduced to mutually
exclude memory hotplug and hibernation.
Directly using mutex_lock(&pm_mutex) to achieve mutual exclusion with
suspend or hibernation code can lead to freezing failures. However, the
APIs [un]lock_system_sleep() can be safely used to achieve the same,
without causing freezing failures.
So, since it would be beneficial to modify all the existing users of
mutex_lock(&pm_mutex) (in all parts of the kernel), so that they use these
safe APIs intead, make these APIs generic by removing the restriction that
they work only when CONFIG_HIBERNATE_CALLBACKS is set. Moreover, that
restriction didn't buy us anything anyway.
Suggested-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Now that freezer_count() and freezer_do_not_count() don't have the restriction
that they are effective only when called by userspace processes, use
them in lock_system_sleep() and unlock_system_sleep() instead of open-coding
their parts.
Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
At present, the functions freezer_count() and freezer_do_not_count()
impose the restriction that they are effective only for userspace processes.
However, now, these functions have found more utility than originally
intended by the commit which introduced it: ba96a0c8 (freezer:
fix vfork problem). And moreover, even the vfork issue actually does not
need the above restriction in these functions.
So, modify these functions to make them work even for kernel threads, so
that they can be used at other places in the kernel, where the userspace
restriction doesn't apply.
Suggested-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Now that all early memory information is in memblock when enabled, we
can implement reverse free area iterator and use it to implement NUMA
aware allocator which is then wrapped for simpler variants instead of
the confusing and inefficient mending of information in separate NUMA
aware allocator.
Implement for_each_free_mem_range_reverse(), use it to reimplement
memblock_find_in_range_node() which in turn is used by all allocators.
The visible allocator interface is inconsistent and can probably use
some cleanup too.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Now all ARCH_POPULATES_NODE_MAP archs select HAVE_MEBLOCK_NODE_MAP -
there's no user of early_node_map[] left. Kill early_node_map[] and
replace ARCH_POPULATES_NODE_MAP with HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP. Also,
relocate for_each_mem_pfn_range() and helper from mm.h to memblock.h
as page_alloc.c would no longer host an alternative implementation.
This change is ultimately one to one mapping and shouldn't cause any
observable difference; however, after the recent changes, there are
some functions which now would fit memblock.c better than page_alloc.c
and dependency on HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP instead of HAVE_MEMBLOCK
doesn't make much sense on some of them. Further cleanups for
functions inside HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP in mm.h would be nice.
-v2: Fix compile bug introduced by mis-spelling
CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP to CONFIG_MEMBLOCK_HAVE_NODE_MAP in
mmzone.h. Reported by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Chen Liqin <liqin.chen@sunplusct.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Implement memblock_add_node() which can add a new memblock memory
region with specific node ID.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
The only function of memblock_analyze() is now allowing resize of
memblock region arrays. Rename it to memblock_allow_resize() and
update its users.
* The following users remain the same other than renaming.
arm/mm/init.c::arm_memblock_init()
microblaze/kernel/prom.c::early_init_devtree()
powerpc/kernel/prom.c::early_init_devtree()
openrisc/kernel/prom.c::early_init_devtree()
sh/mm/init.c::paging_init()
sparc/mm/init_64.c::paging_init()
unicore32/mm/init.c::uc32_memblock_init()
* In the following users, analyze was used to update total size which
is no longer necessary.
powerpc/kernel/machine_kexec.c::reserve_crashkernel()
powerpc/kernel/prom.c::early_init_devtree()
powerpc/mm/init_32.c::MMU_init()
powerpc/mm/tlb_nohash.c::__early_init_mmu()
powerpc/platforms/ps3/mm.c::ps3_mm_add_memory()
powerpc/platforms/embedded6xx/wii.c::wii_memory_fixups()
sh/kernel/machine_kexec.c::reserve_crashkernel()
* x86/kernel/e820.c::memblock_x86_fill() was directly setting
memblock_can_resize before populating memblock and calling analyze
afterwards. Call memblock_allow_resize() before start populating.
memblock_can_resize is now static inside memblock.c.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@mprc.pku.edu.cn>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Total size of memory regions was calculated by memblock_analyze()
requiring explicitly calling the function between operations which can
change memory regions and possible users of total size, which is
cumbersome and fragile.
This patch makes each memblock_type track total size automatically
with minor modifications to memblock manipulation functions and remove
requirements on calling memblock_analyze(). [__]memblock_dump_all()
now also dumps the total size of reserved regions.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
memblock_init() initializes arrays for regions and memblock itself;
however, all these can be done with struct initializers and
memblock_init() can be removed. This patch kills memblock_init() and
initializes memblock with struct initializer.
The only difference is that the first dummy entries don't have .nid
set to MAX_NUMNODES initially. This doesn't cause any behavior
difference.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@mprc.pku.edu.cn>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
memblock no longer depends on having one more entry at the end during
addition making the sentinel entries at the end of region arrays not
too useful. Remove the sentinels. This eases further updates.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Add __memblock_dump_all() which dumps memblock configuration whether
memblock_debug is enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
memblock_{add|remove|free|reserve}() return either 0 or -errno but had
long as return type. Chage it to int. Also, drop 'extern' from all
prototypes in memblock.h - they are unnecessary and used
inconsistently (especially if mm.h is included in the picture).
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
This patch enables cpuidle for pSeries and pSeries_idle is
directly called from the idle loop. As a result of pSeries_idle, cpuidle
driver registered with cpuidle subsystem comes into action. On
failure of loading of the driver or cpuidle framework default idle
is executed as part of the function. This patch
also removes the routines pseries_shared_idle_sleep and
pseries_dedicated_idle_sleep as they are now implemented as part of
pseries_idle cpuidle driver.
Signed-off-by: Deepthi Dharwar <deepthi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Trinabh Gupta <g.trinabh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj <arun.r.bharadwaj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
* '3.2-rc-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nab/target-pending: (25 commits)
iscsi-target: Fix hex2bin warn_unused compile message
target: Don't return an error if disabling unsupported features
target/rd: fix or rewrite the copy routine
target/rd: simplify the page/offset computation
target: remove the unused se_dev_list
target/file: walk properly over sg list
target: remove unused struct fields
target: Fix page length in emulated INQUIRY VPD page 86h
target: Handle 0 correctly in transport_get_sectors_6()
target: Don't return an error status for 0-length READ and WRITE
iscsi-target: Use kmemdup rather than duplicating its implementation
iscsi-target: Add missing F_BIT for iscsi_tm_rsp
iscsi-target: Fix residual count hanlding + remove iscsi_cmd->residual_count
target: Reject SCSI data overflow for fabrics using transport_generic_map_mem_to_cmd
target: remove the unused t_task_pt_sgl and t_task_pt_sgl_num se_cmd fields
target: remove the t_tasks_bidi se_cmd field
target: remove the t_tasks_fua se_cmd field
target: remove the se_ordered_node se_cmd field
target: remove the se_obj_ptr and se_orig_obj_ptr se_cmd fields
target: Drop config_item_name usage in fabric TFO->free_wwn()
...
This patch adds the driver for the built-in UART of the
Atheros AR933X SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
Cc: Kathy Giori <kgiori@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <rodrigue@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: linux-serial@vger.kernel.org
Patchwork: https://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/2526/
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
__d_path() API is asking for trouble and in case of apparmor d_namespace_path()
getting just that. The root cause is that when __d_path() misses the root
it had been told to look for, it stores the location of the most remote ancestor
in *root. Without grabbing references. Sure, at the moment of call it had
been pinned down by what we have in *path. And if we raced with umount -l, we
could have very well stopped at vfsmount/dentry that got freed as soon as
prepend_path() dropped vfsmount_lock.
It is safe to compare these pointers with pre-existing (and known to be still
alive) vfsmount and dentry, as long as all we are asking is "is it the same
address?". Dereferencing is not safe and apparmor ended up stepping into
that. d_namespace_path() really wants to examine the place where we stopped,
even if it's not connected to our namespace. As the result, it looked
at ->d_sb->s_magic of a dentry that might've been already freed by that point.
All other callers had been careful enough to avoid that, but it's really
a bad interface - it invites that kind of trouble.
The fix is fairly straightforward, even though it's bigger than I'd like:
* prepend_path() root argument becomes const.
* __d_path() is never called with NULL/NULL root. It was a kludge
to start with. Instead, we have an explicit function - d_absolute_root().
Same as __d_path(), except that it doesn't get root passed and stops where
it stops. apparmor and tomoyo are using it.
* __d_path() returns NULL on path outside of root. The main
caller is show_mountinfo() and that's precisely what we pass root for - to
skip those outside chroot jail. Those who don't want that can (and do)
use d_path().
* __d_path() root argument becomes const. Everyone agrees, I hope.
* apparmor does *NOT* try to use __d_path() or any of its variants
when it sees that path->mnt is an internal vfsmount. In that case it's
definitely not mounted anywhere and dentry_path() is exactly what we want
there. Handling of sysctl()-triggered weirdness is moved to that place.
* if apparmor is asked to do pathname relative to chroot jail
and __d_path() tells it we it's not in that jail, the sucker just calls
d_absolute_path() instead. That's the other remaining caller of __d_path(),
BTW.
* seq_path_root() does _NOT_ return -ENAMETOOLONG (it's stupid anyway -
the normal seq_file logics will take care of growing the buffer and redoing
the call of ->show() just fine). However, if it gets path not reachable
from root, it returns SEQ_SKIP. The only caller adjusted (i.e. stopped
ignoring the return value as it used to do).
Reviewed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com>
ACKed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
This patch makes svc_xprt inherit network namespace link from its socket.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Add a name member pointer to struct generic_pm_domain and use it in
diagnostic messages regarding the domain power-off and power-on
latencies. Update the ARM shmobile SH7372 code to assign names to
the PM domains used by it.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
There's no reason I can see that we need to call sv_shutdown between
closing the two lists of sockets.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
* pm-freezer: (26 commits)
Freezer / sunrpc / NFS: don't allow TASK_KILLABLE sleeps to block the freezer
Freezer: fix more fallout from the thaw_process rename
freezer: fix wait_event_freezable/__thaw_task races
freezer: kill unused set_freezable_with_signal()
dmatest: don't use set_freezable_with_signal()
usb_storage: don't use set_freezable_with_signal()
freezer: remove unused @sig_only from freeze_task()
freezer: use lock_task_sighand() in fake_signal_wake_up()
freezer: restructure __refrigerator()
freezer: fix set_freezable[_with_signal]() race
freezer: remove should_send_signal() and update frozen()
freezer: remove now unused TIF_FREEZE
freezer: make freezing() test freeze conditions in effect instead of TIF_FREEZE
cgroup_freezer: prepare for removal of TIF_FREEZE
freezer: clean up freeze_processes() failure path
freezer: kill PF_FREEZING
freezer: test freezable conditions while holding freezer_lock
freezer: make freezing indicate freeze condition in effect
freezer: use dedicated lock instead of task_lock() + memory barrier
freezer: don't distinguish nosig tasks on thaw
...
Allow the freezer to skip wait_on_bit_killable sleeps in the sunrpc
layer. This should allow suspend and hibernate events to proceed, even
when there are RPC's pending on the wire.
Also, wrap the TASK_KILLABLE sleeps in NFS layer in freezer_do_not_count
and freezer_count calls. This allows the freezer to skip tasks that are
sleeping while looping on EJUKEBOX or NFS4ERR_DELAY sorts of errors.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Arik's patch "mac80211: allow action frames with unknown
BSSID in GO mode" allowed any action frames in P2P mode
to go through, but only to cooked monitor interfaces as
the IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH was still cleared. As a result
my no-monitor patches broke invitation responses.
Instead of allowing any action frames in P2P GO mode to
go through with a wrong BSSID like that patch did, allow
all public action frames. They will never be processed
by mac80211, but can be reported via nl80211 then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
* extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
* Check if extension channel can be used
* Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
from ibss.c later).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'perf-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
ftrace: Fix hash record accounting bug
perf: Fix parsing of __print_flags() in TP_printk()
jump_label: jump_label_inc may return before the code is patched
ftrace: Remove force undef config value left for testing
tracing: Restore system filter behavior
tracing: fix event_subsystem ref counting
Commit 69e1e811 ("sched, nohz: Track nr_busy_cpus in the
sched_group_power") messed up the static inline function definition.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-abjah8ctq5qrjjtdiabe8lph@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Provide two initializers for jump_label_key that initialize it enabled
or disabled. Also modify all jump_label code to allow for jump_labels to be
initialized enabled.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-p40e3yj21b68y03z1yv825e7@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This one coinsides with the sock_diag_req in the beginning and
contains only used fields from its previous analogue.
The existing code is patched to use the _compat version of it
for now.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving the SOCK_DIAG_BY_FAMILY message we have to find the
handler for provided family and pass the nl message to it.
This patch describes an infrastructure to work with such nandlers
and implements stubs for AF_INET(6) ones.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This type will run the family+protocol based socket dumping.
Also prepare the stub function for it.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ultimate goal is to get the sock_diag module, that works in
family+protocol terms. Currently this is suitable to do on the
inet_diag basis, so rename parts of the code. It will be moved
to sock_diag.c later.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix dump upon device removal, by moving deinitialization from
platform-device-remove to network-interface-uninit.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide helper function to compute the kernel memory size needed
for each buffer object. Move all the accounting inside ttm, simplifying
driver and avoiding code duplication accross them.
v2 fix accounting of ghost object, one would have thought that i
would have run into the issue since a longtime but it seems
ghost object are rare when you have plenty of vram ;)
Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Move dma data to a superset ttm_dma_tt structure which herit
from ttm_tt. This allow driver that don't use dma functionalities
to not have to waste memory for it.
V2 Rebase on top of no memory account changes (where/when is my
delorean when i need it ?)
V3 Make sure page list is initialized empty
V4 typo/syntax fixes
Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
In TTM world the pages for the graphic drivers are kept in three different
pools: write combined, uncached, and cached (write-back). When the pages
are used by the graphic driver the graphic adapter via its built in MMU
(or AGP) programs these pages in. The programming requires the virtual address
(from the graphic adapter perspective) and the physical address (either System RAM
or the memory on the card) which is obtained using the pci_map_* calls (which does the
virtual to physical - or bus address translation). During the graphic application's
"life" those pages can be shuffled around, swapped out to disk, moved from the
VRAM to System RAM or vice-versa. This all works with the existing TTM pool code
- except when we want to use the software IOTLB (SWIOTLB) code to "map" the physical
addresses to the graphic adapter MMU. We end up programming the bounce buffer's
physical address instead of the TTM pool memory's and get a non-worky driver.
There are two solutions:
1) using the DMA API to allocate pages that are screened by the DMA API, or
2) using the pci_sync_* calls to copy the pages from the bounce-buffer and back.
This patch fixes the issue by allocating pages using the DMA API. The second
is a viable option - but it has performance drawbacks and potential correctness
issues - think of the write cache page being bounced (SWIOTLB->TTM), the
WC is set on the TTM page and the copy from SWIOTLB not making it to the TTM
page until the page has been recycled in the pool (and used by another application).
The bounce buffer does not get activated often - only in cases where we have
a 32-bit capable card and we want to use a page that is allocated above the
4GB limit. The bounce buffer offers the solution of copying the contents
of that 4GB page to an location below 4GB and then back when the operation has been
completed (or vice-versa). This is done by using the 'pci_sync_*' calls.
Note: If you look carefully enough in the existing TTM page pool code you will
notice the GFP_DMA32 flag is used - which should guarantee that the provided page
is under 4GB. It certainly is the case, except this gets ignored in two cases:
- If user specifies 'swiotlb=force' which bounces _every_ page.
- If user is using a Xen's PV Linux guest (which uses the SWIOTLB and the
underlaying PFN's aren't necessarily under 4GB).
To not have this extra copying done the other option is to allocate the pages
using the DMA API so that there is not need to map the page and perform the
expensive 'pci_sync_*' calls.
This DMA API capable TTM pool requires for this the 'struct device' to
properly call the DMA API. It also has to track the virtual and bus address of
the page being handed out in case it ends up being swapped out or de-allocated -
to make sure it is de-allocated using the proper's 'struct device'.
Implementation wise the code keeps two lists: one that is attached to the
'struct device' (via the dev->dma_pools list) and a global one to be used when
the 'struct device' is unavailable (think shrinker code). The global list can
iterate over all of the 'struct device' and its associated dma_pool. The list
in dev->dma_pools can only iterate the device's dma_pool.
/[struct device_pool]\
/---------------------------------------------------| dev |
/ +-------| dma_pool |
/-----+------\ / \--------------------/
|struct device| /-->[struct dma_pool for WC]</ /[struct device_pool]\
| dma_pools +----+ /-| dev |
| ... | \--->[struct dma_pool for uncached]<-/--| dma_pool |
\-----+------/ / \--------------------/
\----------------------------------------------/
[Two pools associated with the device (WC and UC), and the parallel list
containing the 'struct dev' and 'struct dma_pool' entries]
The maximum amount of dma pools a device can have is six: write-combined,
uncached, and cached; then there are the DMA32 variants which are:
write-combined dma32, uncached dma32, and cached dma32.
Currently this code only gets activated when any variant of the SWIOTLB IOMMU
code is running (Intel without VT-d, AMD without GART, IBM Calgary and Xen PV
with PCI devices).
Tested-by: Michel Dänzer <michel@daenzer.net>
[v1: Using swiotlb_nr_tbl instead of swiotlb_enabled]
[v2: Major overhaul - added 'inuse_list' to seperate used from inuse and reorder
the order of lists to get better performance.]
[v3: Added comments/and some logic based on review, Added Jerome tag]
[v4: rebase on top of ttm_tt & ttm_backend merge]
[v5: rebase on top of ttm memory accounting overhaul]
[v6: New rebase on top of more memory accouting changes]
[v7: well rebase on top of no memory accounting changes]
[v8: make sure pages list is initialized empty]
[v9: calll ttm_mem_global_free_page in unpopulate for accurate accountg]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Move the page allocation and freeing to driver callback and
provide ttm code helper function for those.
Most intrusive change, is the fact that we now only fully
populate an object this simplify some of code designed around
the page fault design.
V2 Rebase on top of memory accounting overhaul
V3 New rebase on top of more memory accouting changes
V4 Rebase on top of no memory account changes (where/when is my
delorean when i need it ?)
Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
ttm_backend will only exist with a ttm_tt, and ttm_tt
will only be of interest when bound to a backend. Merge them
to avoid code and data duplication.
V2 Rebase on top of memory accounting overhaul
V3 Rebase on top of more memory accounting changes
V4 Rebase on top of no memory account changes (where/when is my
delorean when i need it ?)
V5 make sure ttm is unbound before destroying, change commit
message on suggestion from Tormod Volden
Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Use the ttm_tt pages array for pages allocations, move the list
unwinding into the page allocation functions.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
This field is not use by any of the driver just drop it.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Split btw highmem and lowmem page was rendered useless by the
pool code. Remove it. Note further cleanup would change the
ttm page allocation helper to actualy take an array instead
of relying on list this could drasticly reduce the number of
function call in the common case of allocation whole buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
This was never use in none of the driver, properly using userspace
page for bo would need more code (vma interaction mostly). Removing
this dead code in preparation of ttm_tt & backend merge.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
As a mechanism to detect whether SWIOTLB is enabled or not.
We also fix the spelling - it was swioltb instead of
swiotlb.
CC: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
[v1: Ripped out swiotlb_enabled]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
wm8903_platform_data.gpio_cfg[] was intended to be interpreted as follows:
0: Don't touch this GPIO's configuration register
1..7fff: Write that value to the GPIO's configuration register
8000: Write zero to the GPIO's configuration register
other: Undefined (invalid)
The rationale is that platform data is usually global data, and a value of
zero means that the field wasn't explicitly set to anything (e.g. because
the field was new to the pdata type, and existing users weren't update to
initialize it) and hence the value zero should be ignored. 0x8000 is an
explicit way to get 0 in the register.
The code worked this way until commit 7cfe561 "ASoC: wm8903: Expose GPIOs
through gpiolib", where the behaviour was changed due to my lack of
awareness of the above rationale.
This patch reverts to the intended behaviour, and updates all in-tree users
to use the correct scheme. This also makes WM8903 consistent with other
devices that use a similar scheme.
WM8903_GPIO_NO_CONFIG is also renamed to WM8903_GPIO_CONFIG_ZERO so that
its name accurately reflects its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Cc: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Including a comment about what the locks are for.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This is actually a core structure with a big future ahead of it. Make
it a little less mysterious.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Just fix the wrapping mostly.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This is a core mode setting structure that deserves a little verbiage.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
We never used initial_x/y or the force_encoder_id, so drop those fields
and proide a basic description of the others.
Really, the ELD bits belong in drm_display_info rather than directly in
the connector, but that's a separate cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Just some basic comments about the place and function of the structure
and fields.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Just basic verbiage.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Remove stale entries and update with the latest stuff.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
When (no)bootmem finish operation, it pass pages to buddy
allocator. Since debug_pagealloc_enabled is not set, we will do
not protect pages, what is not what we want with
CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y.
To fix remove debug_pagealloc_enabled. That variable was
introduced by commit 12d6f21e "x86: do not PSE on
CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y" to get more CPA (change page
attribude) code testing. But currently we have CONFIG_CPA_DEBUG,
which test CPA.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1322582711-14571-1-git-send-email-sgruszka@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch changes fields in cpustat from a structure, to an
u64 array. Math gets easier, and the code is more flexible.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Tuner <pjt@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1322498719-2255-2-git-send-email-glommer@parallels.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Introduce nr_busy_cpus in the struct sched_group_power [Not in sched_group
because sched groups are duplicated for the SD_OVERLAP scheduler domain]
and for each cpu that enters and exits idle, this parameter will
be updated in each scheduler group of the scheduler domain that this cpu
belongs to.
To avoid the frequent update of this state as the cpu enters
and exits idle, the update of the stat during idle exit is
delayed to the first timer tick that happens after the cpu becomes busy.
This is done using NOHZ_IDLE flag in the struct rq's nohz_flags.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111202010832.555984323@sbsiddha-desk.sc.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This tracepoint shows how long a task is sleeping in uninterruptible state.
E.g. it may show how long and where a mutex is waited for.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1322471015-107825-8-git-send-email-avagin@openvz.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
jump_lable patching is very expensive operation that involves pausing all
cpus. The patching of perf_sched_events jump_label is easily controllable
from userspace by unprivileged user.
When te user runs a loop like this:
"while true; do perf stat -e cycles true; done"
... the performance of my test application that just increments a counter
for one second drops by 4%.
This is on a 16 cpu box with my test application using only one of
them. An impact on a real server doing real work will be worse.
Performance of KVM PMU drops nearly 50% due to jump_lable for "perf
record" since KVM PMU implementation creates and destroys perf event
frequently.
This patch introduces a way to rate limit jump_label patching and uses
it to fix the above problem.
I believe that as jump_label use will spread the problem will become more
common and thus solving it in a generic code is appropriate. Also fixing
it in the perf code would result in moving jump_label accounting logic to
perf code with all the ifdefs in case of JUMP_LABEL=n kernel. With this
patch all details are nicely hidden inside jump_label code.
Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111127155909.GO2557@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch introduces x86 perf scheduler code helper functions. We
need this to later add more complex functionality to support
overlapping counter constraints (next patch).
The algorithm is modified so that the range of weight values is now
generated from the constraints. There shouldn't be other functional
changes.
With the helper functions the scheduler is controlled. There are
functions to initialize, traverse the event list, find unused counters
etc. The scheduler keeps its own state.
V3:
* Added macro for_each_set_bit_cont().
* Changed functions interfaces of perf_sched_find_counter() and
perf_sched_next_event() to use bool as return value.
* Added some comments to make code better understandable.
V4:
* Fix broken event assignment if weight of the first event is not
wmin (perf_sched_init()).
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <robert.richter@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1321616122-1533-2-git-send-email-robert.richter@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Gleb writes:
> Currently pmu is disabled and re-enabled on each timer interrupt even
> when no rotation or frequency adjustment is needed. On Intel CPU this
> results in two writes into PERF_GLOBAL_CTRL MSR per tick. On bare metal
> it does not cause significant slowdown, but when running perf in a virtual
> machine it leads to 20% slowdown on my machine.
Cure this by keeping a perf_event_context::nr_freq counter that counts the
number of active events that require frequency adjustments and use this in a
similar fashion to the already existing nr_events != nr_active test in
perf_rotate_context().
By being able to exclude both rotation and frequency adjustments a-priory for
the common case we can avoid the otherwise superfluous PMU disable.
Suggested-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-515yhoatehd3gza7we9fapaa@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Some are never used, some are set but never read, dev_hoq_count is
incremented and decremented, but never read.
Signed-off-by: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
We never walk ordered_cmd_list in the se_device, so remove all code related
to supporting it.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
We already have a perfectly valid se_device pointer in the command, so
remove the mostly useless duplicates.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Convert to unsigned bit fields for active I/O shutdown fields.
Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This patch removes legacy usage of PYX_TRANSPORT_* return codes in a number
of locations and addresses cases where transport_generic_request_failure()
was returning the incorrect sense upon CHECK_CONDITION status after the
v3.1 converson to use errno return codes.
This includes the conversion of transport_generic_request_failure() to
process cmd->scsi_sense_reason and handle extra TCM_RESERVATION_CONFLICT
before calling transport_send_check_condition_and_sense() to queue up
response status. It also drops PYX_TRANSPORT_OUT_OF_MEMORY_RESOURCES legacy
usgae, and returns TCM_LOGICAL_UNIT_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE w/ a response
for these cases.
transport_generic_allocate_tasks(), transport_generic_new_cmd(), backend
SCF_SCSI_DATA_SG_IO_CDB ->do_task(), and emulated ->execute_task() have
all been updated to set se_cmd->scsi_sense_reason and return errno codes
universally upon failure. This includes cmd->scsi_sense_reason assignment
in target_core_alua.c, target_core_pr.c and target_core_cdb.c emulation code.
Finally it updates fabric modules to remove the legacy usage, and for
TFO->new_cmd_map() callers forwards return values outside of fabric code.
iscsi-target has also been updated to remove a handful of special cases
related to the cleanup and signaling QUEUE_FULL handling w/ ft_write_pending()
(v2: Drop extra SCF_SCSI_CDB_EXCEPTION check during failure from
transport_generic_new_cmd, and re-add missing task->task_error_status
assignment in transport_complete_task)
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
* 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
intr_remapping: Fix section mismatch in ir_dev_scope_init()
intel-iommu: Fix section mismatch in dmar_parse_rmrr_atsr_dev()
x86, amd: Fix up numa_node information for AMD CPU family 15h model 0-0fh northbridge functions
x86, AMD: Correct align_va_addr documentation
x86/rtc, mrst: Don't register a platform RTC device for for Intel MID platforms
x86/mrst: Battery fixes
x86/paravirt: PTE updates in k(un)map_atomic need to be synchronous, regardless of lazy_mmu mode
x86: Fix "Acer Aspire 1" reboot hang
x86/mtrr: Resolve inconsistency with Intel processor manual
x86: Document rdmsr_safe restrictions
x86, microcode: Fix the failure path of microcode update driver init code
Add TAINT_FIRMWARE_WORKAROUND on MTRR fixup
x86/mpparse: Account for bus types other than ISA and PCI
x86, mrst: Change the pmic_gpio device type to IPC
mrst: Added some platform data for the SFI translations
x86,mrst: Power control commands update
x86/reboot: Blacklist Dell OptiPlex 990 known to require PCI reboot
x86, UV: Fix UV2 hub part number
x86: Add user_mode_vm check in stack_overflow_check
* 'perf-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
perf: Fix loss of notification with multi-event
perf, x86: Force IBS LVT offset assignment for family 10h
perf, x86: Disable PEBS on SandyBridge chips
trace_events_filter: Use rcu_assign_pointer() when setting ftrace_event_call->filter
perf session: Fix crash with invalid CPU list
perf python: Fix undefined symbol problem
perf/x86: Enable raw event access to Intel offcore events
perf: Don't use -ENOSPC for out of PMU resources
perf: Do not set task_ctx pointer in cpuctx if there are no events in the context
perf/x86: Fix PEBS instruction unwind
oprofile, x86: Fix crash when unloading module (nmi timer mode)
oprofile: Fix crash when unloading module (hr timer mode)
* 'sched-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
sched, x86: Avoid unnecessary overflow in sched_clock
sched: Fix buglet in return_cfs_rq_runtime()
sched: Avoid SMT siblings in select_idle_sibling() if possible
sched: Set the command name of the idle tasks in SMP kernels
sched, rt: Provide means of disabling cross-cpu bandwidth sharing
sched: Document wait_for_completion_*() return values
sched_fair: Fix a typo in the comment describing update_sd_lb_stats
sched: Add a comment to effective_load() since it's a pain
Add EthType 0x88b5.
This Ethertype value is available for public use for prototype and
vendor-specific protocol development,as defined in Amendment 802a
to IEEE Std 802.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reflect the fact that a refrence is not obtained to the
resulting neighbour entry.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
It's not always true that the device_node of regulator can be found
at dev->of_node at the time when of_get_regulator_init_data() is being
called, because in some cases the regulator nodes in device tree do
not have 'struct device' behind them until regulator_dev gets created
for it by core function regulator_register().
The patch adds device_node as a new parameter to
of_get_regulator_init_data(), so that caller can pass in the node of
regulator directly.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Though not all events have field 'prev_pid', it was allowed to do this:
# echo 'prev_pid == 100' > events/sched/filter
but commit 75b8e98263 (tracing/filter: Swap
entire filter of events) broke it without any reason.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/4EAF46CF.8040408@cn.fujitsu.com
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
More consistency cleanups. Drop the _OFF, separate and indent
CTRL/CAP/STATUS bit definitions. This helped find the previous
mis-use of bit 0 in the PASID capability register.
Reviewed-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Tested-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
If the kernel has requested control of the SHPC native hotplug
feature for a given root bridge, the acpiphp driver should not try
to handle that root bridge and it should leave it to shpchp.
Failing to do so causes problems to happen if shpchp is loaded
and unloaded before loading acpiphp (ACPI-based hotplug won't work
in that case anyway).
To address this issue make find_root_bridges() ignore PCI root
bridges with SHPC native hotplug enabled and make add_bridge()
return error code if SHPC native hotplug is enabled for the given
root bridge. This causes acpiphp to refuse to load if SHPC native
hotplug is enabled for all root bridges and to refuse binding to
the root bridges with SHPC native hotplug enabled.
Reviewed-by: Kenji Kaneshige <kaneshige.kenji@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Right now we forcibly clear ASPM state on all devices if the BIOS indicates
that the feature isn't supported. Based on the Microsoft presentation
"PCI Express In Depth for Windows Vista and Beyond", I'm starting to think
that this may be an error. The implication is that unless the platform
grants full control via _OSC, Windows will not touch any PCIe features -
including ASPM. In that case clearing ASPM state would be an error unless
the platform has granted us that control.
This patch reworks the ASPM disabling code such that the actual clearing
of state is triggered by a successful handoff of PCIe control to the OS.
The general ASPM code undergoes some changes in order to ensure that the
ability to clear the bits isn't overridden by ASPM having already been
disabled. Further, this theoretically now allows for situations where
only a subset of PCIe roots hand over control, leaving the others in the
BIOS state.
It's difficult to know for sure that this is the right thing to do -
there's zero public documentation on the interaction between all of these
components. But enough vendors enable ASPM on platforms and then set this
bit that it seems likely that they're expecting the OS to leave them alone.
Measured to save around 5W on an idle Thinkpad X220.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
These are extended capabilities, rename and move to proper
group for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
This patch adds a per-pci-device subdirectory in sysfs called:
/sys/bus/pci/devices/<device>/msi_irqs
This sub-directory exports the set of msi vectors allocated by a given
pci device, by creating a numbered sub-directory for each vector beneath
msi_irqs. For each vector various attributes can be exported.
Currently the only attribute is called mode, which tracks the
operational mode of that vector (msi vs. msix)
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
I've received complaints that the numa_node attribute for family
15h model 00-0fh (e.g. Interlagos) northbridge functions shows
-1 instead of the proper node ID.
Correct this with attached quirks (similar to quirks for other
AMD CPU families used in multi-socket systems).
Signed-off-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Cc: Frank Arnold <frank.arnold@amd.com>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <borislav.petkov@amd.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111202072143.GA31916@alberich.amd.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Allows devices to discover their own interrupt without having to remember
it themselves.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Sometimes the register map information may change in ways that drivers can
discover at runtime. For example, new revisions of a device may add new
registers. Support runtime discovery by drivers by allowing the register
cache to be reinitialised with a new function regmap_reinit_cache() which
discards the existing cache and creates a new one.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Currently, messages are just output on the detection of stack
overflow, which is not sufficient for systems that need a
high reliability. This is because in general the overflow may
corrupt data, and the additional corruption may occur due to
reading them unless systems stop.
This patch adds the sysctl parameter
kernel.panic_on_stackoverflow and causes a panic when detecting
the overflows of kernel, IRQ and exception stacks except user
stack according to the parameter. It is disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Mitsuo Hayasaka <mitsuo.hayasaka.hu@hitachi.com>
Cc: yrl.pp-manager.tt@hitachi.com
Cc: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111129060836.11076.12323.stgit@ltc219.sdl.hitachi.co.jp
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
When you do:
$ perf record -e cycles,cycles,cycles noploop 10
You expect about 10,000 samples for each event, i.e., 10s at
1000samples/sec. However, this is not what's happening. You
get much fewer samples, maybe 3700 samples/event:
$ perf report -D | tail -15
Aggregated stats:
TOTAL events: 10998
MMAP events: 66
COMM events: 2
SAMPLE events: 10930
cycles stats:
TOTAL events: 3644
SAMPLE events: 3644
cycles stats:
TOTAL events: 3642
SAMPLE events: 3642
cycles stats:
TOTAL events: 3644
SAMPLE events: 3644
On a Intel Nehalem or even AMD64, there are 4 counters capable
of measuring cycles, so there is plenty of space to measure those
events without multiplexing (even with the NMI watchdog active).
And even with multiplexing, we'd expect roughly the same number
of samples per event.
The root of the problem was that when the event that caused the buffer
to become full was not the first event passed on the cmdline, the user
notification would get lost. The notification was sent to the file
descriptor of the overflowed event but the perf tool was not polling
on it. The perf tool aggregates all samples into a single buffer,
i.e., the buffer of the first event. Consequently, it assumes
notifications for any event will come via that descriptor.
The seemingly straight forward solution of moving the waitq into the
ringbuffer object doesn't work because of life-time issues. One could
perf_event_set_output() on a fd that you're also blocking on and cause
the old rb object to be freed while its waitq would still be
referenced by the blocked thread -> FAIL.
Therefore link all events to the ringbuffer and broadcast the wakeup
from the ringbuffer object to all possible events that could be waited
upon. This is rather ugly, and we're open to better solutions but it
works for now.
Reported-by: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Finished-by: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111126014731.GA7030@quad
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
like rt6_lookup, but allows caller to pass in flowi6 structure.
Will be used by the upcoming ipv6 netfilter reverse path filter
match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This tries to do the same thing as fib_validate_source(), but differs
in several aspects.
The most important difference is that the reverse path filter built into
fib_validate_source uses the oif as iif when performing the reverse
lookup. We do not do this, as the oif is not yet known by the time the
PREROUTING hook is invoked.
We can't wait until FORWARD chain because by the time FORWARD is invoked
ipv4 forward path may have already sent icmp messages is response
to to-be-discarded-via-rpfilter packets.
To avoid the such an additional lookup in PREROUTING, Patrick McHardy
suggested to attach the path information directly in the match
(i.e., just do what the standard ipv4 path does a bit earlier in PREROUTING).
This works, but it also has a few caveats. Most importantly, when using
marks in PREROUTING to re-route traffic based on the nfmark, -m rpfilter
would have to be used after the nfmark has been set; otherwise the nfmark
would have no effect (because the route is already attached).
Another problem would be interaction with -j TPROXY, as this target sets an
nfmark and uses ACCEPT instead of continue, i.e. such a version of
-m rpfilter cannot be used for the initial to-be-intercepted packets.
In case in turns out that the oif is required, we can add Patricks
suggestion with a new match option (e.g. --rpf-use-oif) to keep ruleset
compatibility.
Another difference to current builtin ipv4 rpfilter is that packets subject to ipsec
transformation are not automatically excluded. If you want this, simply
combine -m rpfilter with the policy match.
Packets arriving on loopback interfaces always match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We discovered that TCP stack could retransmit misaligned skbs if a
malicious peer acknowledged sub MSS frame. This currently can happen
only if output interface is non SG enabled : If SG is enabled, tcp
builds headless skbs (all payload is included in fragments), so the tcp
trimming process only removes parts of skb fragments, header stay
aligned.
Some arches cant handle misalignments, so force a head reallocation and
shrink headroom to MAX_TCP_HEADER.
Dont care about misaligments on x86 and PPC (or other arches setting
NET_IP_ALIGN to 0)
This patch introduces __pskb_copy() which can specify the headroom of
new head, and pskb_copy() becomes a wrapper on top of __pskb_copy()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's only used in net/ipv6/route.c and the NULL device check is
superfluous for all of the existing call sites.
Just expand the __ndisc_lookup_errno() call at each location.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also prototype the "compat" functions so they can be referenced
from C code.
Signed-off-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Open vSwitch is a multilayer Ethernet switch targeted at virtualized
environments. In addition to supporting a variety of features
expected in a traditional hardware switch, it enables fine-grained
programmatic extension and flow-based control of the network.
This control is useful in a wide variety of applications but is
particularly important in multi-server virtualization deployments,
which are often characterized by highly dynamic endpoints and the need
to maintain logical abstractions for multiple tenants.
The Open vSwitch datapath provides an in-kernel fast path for packet
forwarding. It is complemented by a userspace daemon, ovs-vswitchd,
which is able to accept configuration from a variety of sources and
translate it into packet processing rules.
See http://openvswitch.org for more information and userspace
utilities.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
While parsing through IPv6 extension headers, fragment headers are
skipped making them invisible to the caller. This reports the
fragment offset of the last header in order to make it possible to
determine whether the packet is fragmented and, if so whether it is
a first or last fragment.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
This adds rcu_dereference_genl and genl_dereference, which are genl
variants of the RTNL functions to enforce proper locking with lockdep
and sparse.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Open vSwitch uses genl_mutex locking to protect datapath
data-structures like flow-table, flow-actions. Following patch adds
lockdep_genl_is_held() which is used for rcu annotation to prove
locking.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Open vSwitch uses Generic Netlink interface for communication
between userspace and kernel module. genl_notify() is used
for sending notification back to userspace.
genl_notify() is analogous to rtnl_notify() but uses genl_sock
instead of rtnl.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Use bluetooth names instead of BT SIG assigned numbers
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Move vpif related definitions for capture and display drivers
from dm646x platform header file to vpif_types.h inside
the driver as these definitions are related to driver code
rather than the platform or board.
This enables reusing this IP across platforms.
Signed-off-by: Manjunath Hadli <manjunath.hadli@ti.com>
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
* 'drm-fixes' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux:
vmwgfx: integer overflow in vmw_kms_update_layout_ioctl()
drm/radeon/kms: fix 2D tiling CS support on EG/CM
drm/radeon/kms: fix scanout of 2D tiled buffers on EG/CM
drm: Fix lack of CRTC disable for drm_crtc_helper_set_config(.fb=NULL)
drm/radeon/kms: add some new pci ids
drm/radeon/kms: Skip ACPI call to ATIF when possible
drm/radeon/kms: Hide debugging message
drm/radeon/kms: add some loop timeouts in pageflip code
drm/nv50/disp: silence compiler warning
drm/nouveau: fix oopses caused by clear being called on unpopulated ttms
drm/nouveau: Keep RAMIN heap within the channel.
drm/nvd0/disp: fix sor dpms typo, preventing dpms on in some situations
drm/nvc0/gr: fix TP init for transform feedback offset queries
drm/nouveau: add dumb ioctl support
This patch adds kmemleak callbacks from the percpu allocator, reducing a
number of false positives caused by kmemleak not scanning such memory
blocks. The percpu chunks are never reported as leaks because of current
kmemleak limitations with the __percpu pointer not pointing directly to
the actual chunks.
Reported-by: Huajun Li <huajun.li.lee@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound:
ALSA: hda - Fix S3/S4 problem on machines with VREF-pin mute-LED
ALSA: hda_intel - revert a quirk that affect VIA chipsets
ALSA: hda - Avoid touching mute-VREF pin for IDT codecs
firmware: Sigma: Fix endianess issues
firmware: Sigma: Skip header during CRC generation
firmware: Sigma: Prevent out of bounds memory access
ALSA: usb-audio - Support for Roland GAIA SH-01 Synthesizer
ASoC: Supply dcs_codes for newer WM1811 revisions
ASoC: Error out if we can't generate a LRCLK at all for WM8994
ASoC: Correct name of Speyside Main Speaker widget
ASoC: skip resume of soc-audio devices without codecs
ASoC: cs42l51: Fix off-by-one for reg_cache_size
ASoC: drop support for PlayPaq with WM8510
ASoC: mpc8610: tell the CS4270 codec that it's the master
ASoC: cs4720: use snd_soc_cache_sync()
ASoC: SAMSUNG: Fix build error
ASoC: max9877: Update register if either val or val2 is changed
ASoC: Fix wrong define for AD1836_ADC_WORD_OFFSET
The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments.
Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent.
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This patch adds the parameter struct and the command complete event
handler to the LE Set Scan Parameter HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the dev_flags field to struct hci_dev. This new
flags variable should be used to define flags related to BR/EDR
and/or LE controller itself. It should be used to define flags
which represents states from the controller. The dev_flags is
cleared in case the controller sends a Reset Command Complete
Event to the host.
Also, this patch adds the HCI_LE_SCAN flag which was created to
track if the controller is performing LE scan or not. The flag
is set/cleared when the controller starts/stops scanning.
This is an initial effort to stop using hdev->flags to define
internal flags since it is exported to userspace by an ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Upstream Code Aurora function with minor trivial fixes.
Origin: git://codeaurora.org/kernel/msm.git
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This adds initial support for requesting the various GPIO functions
necessary for certain ports. This just plugs in dumb request/free logic,
but serves as a building block for migrating off of the ->init_pins mess
to a wholly gpiolib backed solution (primarily parts with external
RTS/CTS pins, but will also allow us to clean up RXD pin testing).
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
The existence of this parameter is purely historical. None of the CODEC drivers
uses it and we always pass in the same value anyway, so it should be safe to
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
A signal generator behaves as an input would but is not considered for
any of the special behaviour associated with external input pins. This
is especially useful when automatically working out not connected widgets.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
The bulk of the ports do not support any sort of modem control, so
blindly twiddling the MCE bit doesn't accomplish much. We now require
ports to manually specify which line supports modem control signals.
While at it, tidy up the RTS/CTSIO handling in SCSPTR parts so it's a bit
more obvious what's going on (and without clobbering other configurations
in the process).
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
omap_overlay_manager contains device_changed field, which no longer has
any use. So remove the field and the few places where it is touched.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Setting overlay's output channel is currently handled at the same time
as other overlay attributes. This is not right, as the normal attributes
should only affect one overlay and manager, but changing the channel
affects two managers.
This patch moves the channel field into the "extra_info" set, handled
together with enabled-status.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
struct omap_overlayr contains info and info_dirty fields, both of which
should be internal to apply.c.
This patch moves those fields into ovl_priv data, and names them
user_info and user_info_dirty.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
struct omap_overlay_manager contains info and info_dirty fields, both of
which should be internal to apply.c.
This patch moves those fields into mgr_priv data, and names them
user_info and user_info_dirty.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Overlays are currently enabled and disabled with a boolean in the struct
omap_overlay_info. The overlay info is set with ovl->set_overlay_info(),
and made into use with mgr->apply().
This doesn't work properly, as the enable/disable status may affect also
other overlays, for example when using fifo-merge. Thus the enabling and
disabling of the overlay needs to be done outside the normal overlay
configuration.
This patch achieves that by doing the following things:
1) Add function pointers to struct omap_overlay: enable(), disable() and
is_enabled(). These are used to do the obvious. The functions may block.
2) Move the "enabled" field from struct omap_overlay to ovl_priv_data.
3) Add a new route for settings to be applied to the HW, called
"extra_info". The status of the normal info and extra_info are tracked
separately.
The point here is to allow the normal info to be changed and
applied in non-blocking matter, whereas the extra_info can only be
changed when holding the mutex. This makes it possible to, for example,
set the overlay enable flag, apply it, and wait until the HW has taken
the flag into use.
This is not possible if the enable flag would be in the normal info, as
a new value for the flag could be set at any time from the users of
omapdss.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
struct omap_overlay_manager contains "enabled"-field, used to track if
the manager is enabled or not. This field should be internal to apply.c.
This patch moves the field to mgr_priv_data, and applies the necessary
locking when accessing the field.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
The current code uses dsi_video_mode_enable/disable functions to
enable/disable DISPC output for video mode displays. For command mode
displays we have no notion in the DISPC side of whether the panel is
enabled, except when a dss_mgr_start_update() call is made.
However, to properly maintain the DISPC state in apply.c, we need to
know if a manager used for a manual update display is currently in use.
This patch achieves that by changing dsi_video_mode_enable/disable to
dsi_enable/disable_video_output, which is called by both video and
command mode displays. For video mode displays it starts the actual
pixel stream, as it did before. For command mode displays it doesn't do
anything else than mark that the manager is currently in use.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Current way of handling overlay-manager links is a bit strange: each
manager has a static array, containing pointers to all the overlays
(even those used by other managers). The overlays contain a pointer to
the manager being used.
This patch makes the system a bit saner: each manager has a linked list
of overlays, and only the overlays linked to that manager are in the
list.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Overlay managers are stored in a linked list. There's no need for this
list, as an array would do just as fine.
This patch changes the code to use an array for overlay managers.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Add "enabled" field to struct omap_overlay_manager, which tells if the
output is enabled or not. This will be used in apply.c in the following
patches.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
omap_overlay_manager struct contains enable() and disable() functions.
However, these are only meant to be used from inside omapdss, and thus
it's bad to expose the functions.
This patch adds dss_mgr_enable() and dss_mgr_disable() functions to
apply.c, which handle enabling and disabling the output.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Partial update for manual update displays has never worked quite well:
* The HW has limitations on the update area, and the x and width need to
be even.
* Showing a part of a scaled overlay causes artifacts.
* Makes the management of dispc very complex
Considering the above points and the fact that partial update is not
used anywhere, this and the following patches remove the partial update
support. This will greatly simplify the following re-write of the apply
mechanism to get proper locking and additional features like fifo-merge.
This patch removes the partial update from the dsi.c.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Add master_mode and master_id in platfrom_data since it's board
specific and board knows it.
Then we can remove the function pointer in platfrom_data to make
the driver more devicetree friendly.
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <b29396@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (73 commits)
netfilter: Remove ADVANCED dependency from NF_CONNTRACK_NETBIOS_NS
ipv4: flush route cache after change accept_local
sch_red: fix red_change
Revert "udp: remove redundant variable"
bridge: master device stuck in no-carrier state forever when in user-stp mode
ipv4: Perform peer validation on cached route lookup.
net/core: fix rollback handler in register_netdevice_notifier
sch_red: fix red_calc_qavg_from_idle_time
bonding: only use primary address for ARP
ipv4: fix lockdep splat in rt_cache_seq_show
sch_teql: fix lockdep splat
net: fec: Select the FEC driver by default for i.MX SoCs
isdn: avoid copying too long drvid
isdn: make sure strings are null terminated
netlabel: Fix build problems when IPv6 is not enabled
sctp: better integer overflow check in sctp_auth_create_key()
sctp: integer overflow in sctp_auth_create_key()
ipv6: Set mcast_hops to IPV6_DEFAULT_MCASTHOPS when -1 was given.
net: Fix corruption in /proc/*/net/dev_mcast
mac80211: fix race between the AGG SM and the Tx data path
...
Fix the following compalitaion breakage:
In file included from linux/drivers/sh/pm_runtime.c:15:
linux/include/linux/pm_domain.h: In function 'dev_to_genpd':
linux/include/linux/pm_domain.h:142: error: implicit declaration of function 'ERR_PTR'
linux/include/linux/pm_domain.h:142: warning: return makes pointer from integer without a cast
In file included from linux/include/linux/sh_clk.h:10,
from linux/drivers/sh/pm_runtime.c:19:
linux/include/linux/err.h: At top level:
linux/include/linux/err.h:22: error: conflicting types for 'ERR_PTR'
linux/include/linux/pm_domain.h:142: note: previous implicit declaration of 'ERR_PTR' was here
make[3]: *** [drivers/sh/pm_runtime.o] Error 1
Reported-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Add a function deciding whether or not a given PM domain should
be powered off on the basis of the PM QoS constraints of devices
belonging to it and their PM QoS timing data.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Add a function deciding whether or not devices should be stopped in
pm_genpd_runtime_suspend() depending on their PM QoS constraints
and stop/start timing values. Make it possible to add information
used by this function to device objects.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
The current generic PM domains code attempts to use the generic
system suspend operations along with the domains' device stop/start
routines, which requires device drivers to assume that their
system suspend/resume (and hibernation/restore) callbacks will always
be used with generic PM domains. However, in theory, the same
hardware may be used in devices that don't belong to any PM domain,
in which case it would be necessary to add "fake" PM domains to
satisfy the above assumption. Also, the domain the hardware belongs
to may not be handled with the help of the generic code.
To allow device drivers that may be used along with the generic PM
domains code of more flexibility, add new device callbacks,
.suspend(), .suspend_late(), .resume_early(), .resume(), .freeze(),
.freeze_late(), .thaw_early(), and .thaw(), that can be supplied by
the drivers in addition to their "standard" system suspend and
hibernation callbacks. These new callbacks, if defined, will be used
by the generic PM domains code for the handling of system suspend and
hibernation instead of the "standard" ones. This will allow drivers
to be designed to work with generic PM domains as well as without
them.
For backwards compatibility, introduce default implementations of the
new callbacks for PM domains that will execute pm_generic_suspend(),
pm_generic_suspend_noirq(), pm_generic_resume_noirq(),
pm_generic_resume(), pm_generic_freeze(), pm_generic_freeze_noirq(),
pm_generic_thaw_noirq(), and pm_generic_thaw(), respectively, for the
given device if its driver doesn't define those callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
The current PM domains code uses device drivers' .runtime_suspend()
and .runtime_resume() callbacks as the "save device state" and
"restore device state" operations, which may not be appropriate in
general, because it forces drivers to assume that they always will
be used with generic PM domains. However, in theory, the same
hardware may be used in devices that don't belong to any PM
domain, in which case it would be necessary to add "fake" PM
domains to satisfy the above assumption. It also may be located in
a PM domain that's not handled with the help of the generic code.
To allow device drivers that may be used along with the generic PM
domains code of more flexibility, introduce new device callbacks,
.save_state() and .restore_state(), that can be supplied by the
drivers in addition to their "standard" runtime PM callbacks. This
will allow the drivers to be designed to work with generic PM domains
as well as without them.
For backwards compatibility, introduce default .save_state() and
.restore_state() callback routines for PM domains that will execute
a device driver's .runtime_suspend() and .runtime_resume() callbacks,
respectively, for the given device if the driver doesn't provide its
own implementations of .save_state() and .restore_state().
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
The current generic PM domains code requires that the same .stop(),
.start() and .active_wakeup() device callback routines be used for
all devices in the given domain, which is inflexible and may not
cover some specific use cases. For this reason, make it possible to
use device specific .start()/.stop() and .active_wakeup() callback
routines by adding corresponding callback pointers to struct
generic_pm_domain_data. Add a new helper routine,
pm_genpd_register_callbacks(), that can be used to populate
the new per-device callback pointers.
Modify the shmobile's power domains code to allow drivers to add
their own code to be run during the device stop and start operations
with the help of the new callback pointers.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Make the runtime PM core use device PM QoS constraints to check if
it is allowed to suspend a given device, so that an error code is
returned if the device's own PM QoS constraint is negative or one of
its children has already been suspended for too long. If this is
not the case, the maximum estimated time the device is allowed to be
suspended, computed as the minimum of the device's PM QoS constraint
and the PM QoS constraints of its children (reduced by the difference
between the current time and their suspend times) is stored in a new
device's PM field power.max_time_suspended_ns that can be used by
the device's subsystem or PM domain to decide whether or not to put
the device into lower-power (and presumably higher-latency) states
later (if the constraint is 0, which means "no constraint", the
power.max_time_suspended_ns is set to -1).
Additionally, the time of execution of the subsystem-level
.runtime_suspend() callback for the device is recorded in the new
power.suspend_time field for later use by the device's subsystem or
PM domain along with power.max_time_suspended_ns (it also is used
by the core code when the device's parent is suspended).
Introduce a new helper function,
pm_runtime_update_max_time_suspended(), allowing subsystems and PM
domains (or device drivers) to update the power.max_time_suspended_ns
field, for example after changing the power state of a suspended
device.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flowi4 (saddr,daddr) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Acked-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include linux/if_ether.h to fix below build errors:
CC arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o
In file included from arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.c:19:
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_dsa_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: 'ETH_P_DSA' undeclared (first use in this function)
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: for each function it appears in.)
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_trailer_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:197: error: 'ETH_P_TRAILER' undeclared (first use in this function)
make[1]: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o] Error 1
make: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for configuring the spi bus to use autosuspend for
runtime power management. This can reduce the latency in starting an
spi transfer by not suspending the device immediately following
completion of a transfer. If another transfer then takes place before
the autosuspend timeout, the call to resume the device can return
immediately rather than needing to risk sleeping in order to resume
the device.
Reviewed-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blair <chris.blair@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Allow systems to override the default microphone detection rates using
platform data in case the settings are not suitable (eg, due to an
unusually noisy jack).
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The WM1811A features an advanced low power accessory detection subsystem
which allows the device to be maintained in a very low power state while
the system is idle without sacrificing any accessory detection features.
Implement software support for this, automatically managing the power
configuration of the device depending on the detected accessory.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The WM8958 and WM1811 support detecting a range of buttons. Allow the
user to provide platform data enabling more of these levels without
having to write a custom detection handler.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Name the formats as DRM_FORMAT_X instead of DRM_FOURCC_X. Use consistent
names, especially for the RGB formats. Component order and byte order are
now strictly specified for each format.
The RGB format naming follows a convention where the components names
and sizes are listed from left to right, matching the order within a
single pixel from most significant bit to least significant bit.
The YUV format names vary more. For the 4:2:2 packed formats and 2
plane formats use the fourcc. For the three plane formats the
name includes the plane order and subsampling information using the
standard subsampling notation. Some of those also happen to match
the official fourcc definition.
The fourccs for for all the RGB formats and some of the YUV formats
I invented myself. The idea was that looking at just the fourcc you
get some idea what the format is about without having to decode it
using some external reference.
Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
For some MITM protection pairing scenarios, the user is
required to enter or accept a 6 digit passkey.
Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There exist tilt switches that simply report their tilt-state via
some gpios. The number and orientation of their axes can vary
depending on the switch used and the build of the device. Also two
or more one-axis switches could be combined to provide multi-dimensional
orientation.
One example of a device using such a switch is the family of Qisda
ebook readers, where the switch provides information about the
landscape / portrait orientation of the device. The example in
Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt documents exactly this one-axis
device.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Remove unused enum cfcnfg_phy_type and the parameter to cfserl_create.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enrolling CAIF link layers are refactored.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit a4a710c4a7 (pkt_sched: Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to
6) it seems RED/GRED are broken.
red_calc_qavg_from_idle_time() computes a delay in us units, but this
delay is now 16 times bigger than real delay, so the final qavg result
smaller than expected.
Use standard kernel time services since there is no need to obfuscate
them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently netem is not in the ability to emulate channel bandwidth. Only static
delay (and optional random jitter) can be configured.
To emulate the channel rate the token bucket filter (sch_tbf) can be used. But
TBF has some major emulation flaws. The buffer (token bucket depth/rate) cannot
be 0. Also the idea behind TBF is that the credit (token in buckets) fills if
no packet is transmitted. So that there is always a "positive" credit for new
packets. In real life this behavior contradicts the law of nature where
nothing can travel faster as speed of light. E.g.: on an emulated 1000 byte/s
link a small IPv4/TCP SYN packet with ~50 byte require ~0.05 seconds - not 0
seconds.
Netem is an excellent place to implement a rate limiting feature: static
delay is already implemented, tfifo already has time information and the
user can skip TBF configuration completely.
This patch implement rate feature which can be configured via tc. e.g:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem rate 10kbit
To emulate a link of 5000byte/s and add an additional static delay of 10ms:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem delay 10ms rate 5KBps
Note: similar to TBF the rate extension is bounded to the kernel timing
system. Depending on the architecture timer granularity, higher rates (e.g.
10mbit/s and higher) tend to transmission bursts. Also note: further queues
living in network adaptors; see ethtool(8).
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@drr.davemloft.net>
Instead of instantiating an entire new neigh_table instance
just for ATM handling, use the neigh device private facility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netdev->neigh_priv_len records the private area length.
This will trigger for neigh_table objects which set tbl->entry_size
to zero, and the first instances of this will be forthcoming.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to alloc for device specific private areas for
neighbour entries, and in order to do that we have to move
away from the fixed allocation size enforced by using
neigh_table->kmem_cachep
As a nice side effect we can now use kfree_rcu().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we only trace physical reads, there's no instrumentation if
the read is satisfied from cache.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Tons of drivers missed that we use mBm and not dBm...
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'pm-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm:
PM: Update comments describing device power management callbacks
PM / Sleep: Update documentation related to system wakeup
PM / Runtime: Make documentation follow the new behavior of irq_safe
PM / Sleep: Correct inaccurate information in devices.txt
PM / Domains: Document how PM domains are used by the PM core
PM / Hibernate: Do not leak memory in error/test code paths
Some users of regmap_update_bits() would like to be able to tell their
users if they actually did an update so provide a variant which also
returns a flag indicating if an update took place. We could return a
tristate in the return value of regmap_update_bits() but this makes the
API more cumbersome to use and doesn't fit with the general zero for
success idiom we have.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Le lundi 28 novembre 2011 à 19:06 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
> Date: Mon, 28 Nov 2011 08:25:39 -0800
>
> >> +bool skb_flow_dissect(const struct sk_buff *skb, struct flow_keys
> >> *flow)
> >> +{
> >> + int poff, nhoff = skb_network_offset(skb);
> >> + u8 ip_proto;
> >> + u16 proto = skb->protocol;
> >
> > __be16 instead of u16 for proto?
>
> I'll take care of this when I apply these patches.
( CC trimmed )
Thanks David !
Here is a small patch to use one 64bit load/store on x86_64 instead of
two 32bit load/stores.
[PATCH net-next] flow_dissector: use a 64bit load/store
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flow_keys (src,dst) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Networking stack support for byte queue limits, uses dynamic queue
limits library. Byte queue limits are maintained per transmit queue,
and a dql structure has been added to netdev_queue structure for this
purpose.
Configuration of bql is in the tx-<n> sysfs directory for the queue
under the byte_queue_limits directory. Configuration includes:
limit_min, bql minimum limit
limit_max, bql maximum limit
hold_time, bql slack hold time
Also under the directory are:
limit, current byte limit
inflight, current number of bytes on the queue
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add interfaces for drivers to call for recording number of packets and
bytes at send time and transmit completion. Also, added a function to
"reset" a queue. These will be used by Byte Queue Limits.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create separate queue state flags so that either the stack or drivers
can turn on XOFF. Added a set of functions used in the stack to determine
if a queue is really stopped (either by stack or driver)
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implementation of dynamic queue limits (dql). This is a libary which
allows a queue limit to be dynamically managed. The goal of dql is
to set the queue limit, number of objects to the queue, to be minimized
without allowing the queue to be starved.
dql would be used with a queue which has these properties:
1) Objects are queued up to some limit which can be expressed as a
count of objects.
2) Periodically a completion process executes which retires consumed
objects.
3) Starvation occurs when limit has been reached, all queued data has
actually been consumed but completion processing has not yet run,
so queuing new data is blocked.
4) Minimizing the amount of queued data is desirable.
A canonical example of such a queue would be a NIC HW transmit queue.
The queue limit is dynamic, it will increase or decrease over time
depending on the workload. The queue limit is recalculated each time
completion processing is done. Increases occur when the queue is
starved and can exponentially increase over successive intervals.
Decreases occur when more data is being maintained in the queue than
needed to prevent starvation. The number of extra objects, or "slack",
is measured over successive intervals, and to avoid hysteresis the
limit is only reduced by the miminum slack seen over a configurable
time period.
dql API provides routines to manage the queue:
- dql_init is called to intialize the dql structure
- dql_reset is called to reset dynamic values
- dql_queued called when objects are being enqueued
- dql_avail returns availability in the queue
- dql_completed is called when objects have be consumed in the queue
Configuration consists of:
- max_limit, maximum limit
- min_limit, minimum limit
- slack_hold_time, time to measure instances of slack before reducing
queue limit
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this will allow to use gpio_is_valid
Signed-off-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Cc: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
It has been pointed out previously, that the firmware subsystem is not the right
place for the SigmaDSP firmware loader. Furthermore the SigmaDSP is currently
only used in audio products and we are aiming for better integration into the
ASoC framework in the future, with support for ALSA controls for firmware
parameters and support dynamic power management as well. So the natural choice
for the SigmaDSP firmware loader is the ASoC subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Currently the SigmaDSP firmware loader only works correctly on little-endian
systems. Fix this by using the proper endianess conversion functions.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
The SigmaDSP firmware loader currently does not perform enough boundary size
checks when processing the firmware. As a result it is possible that a
malformed firmware can cause an out of bounds memory access.
This patch adds checks which ensure that both the action header and the payload
are completely inside the firmware data boundaries before processing them.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Since 2005 (c1b4a7e695)
tcp_tso_should_defer has been using tcp_max_burst() as a target limit
for deciding how large to make outgoing TSO packets when not using
sysctl_tcp_tso_win_divisor. But since 2008
(dd9e0dda66) tcp_max_burst() returns the
reordering degree. We should not have tcp_tso_should_defer attempt to
build larger segments just because there is more reordering. This
commit splits the notion of deferral size used in TSO from the notion
of burst size used in cwnd moderation, and returns the TSO deferral
limit to its original value.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any headers included by drivers should be under include/, and
any definitions they use are not really private to the core as
the name "dsa_priv.h" suggests.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use at least two flow dissectors in network stack, with known
limitations and code duplication.
Introduce skb_flow_dissect() to factorize this, highly inspired from
existing dissector from __skb_get_rxhash()
Note : We extensively use skb_header_pointer(), this permits us to not
touch skb at all.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I just hit this during my testing. Isn't there another bug lurking?
BUG kmalloc-8: Redzone overwritten
INFO: 0xc0000000de9dec48-0xc0000000de9dec4b. First byte 0x0 instead of 0xcc
INFO: Allocated in .__seq_open_private+0x30/0xa0 age=0 cpu=5 pid=3896
.__kmalloc+0x1e0/0x2d0
.__seq_open_private+0x30/0xa0
.seq_open_net+0x60/0xe0
.dev_mc_seq_open+0x4c/0x70
.proc_reg_open+0xd8/0x260
.__dentry_open.clone.11+0x2b8/0x400
.do_last+0xf4/0x950
.path_openat+0xf8/0x480
.do_filp_open+0x48/0xc0
.do_sys_open+0x140/0x250
syscall_exit+0x0/0x40
dev_mc_seq_ops uses dev_seq_start/next/stop but only allocates
sizeof(struct seq_net_private) of private data, whereas it expects
sizeof(struct dev_iter_state):
struct dev_iter_state {
struct seq_net_private p;
unsigned int pos; /* bucket << BUCKET_SPACE + offset */
};
Create dev_seq_open_ops and use it so we don't have to expose
struct dev_iter_state.
[ Problem added by commit f04565ddf5 (dev: use name hash for
dev_seq_ops) -Eric ]
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comments describing device power management callbacks in
include/pm.h are outdated and somewhat confusing, so make them
reflect the reality more accurately.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Many architectures want a generic pci_iomap but
not the rest of iomap.c. Split that to a separate .c
file and add a new config symbol. select automatically
by GENERIC_IOMAP.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Conflicts & resolutions:
* arch/x86/xen/setup.c
dc91c728fd "xen: allow extra memory to be in multiple regions"
24aa07882b "memblock, x86: Replace memblock_x86_reserve/free..."
conflicted on xen_add_extra_mem() updates. The resolution is
trivial as the latter just want to replace
memblock_x86_reserve_range() with memblock_reserve().
* drivers/pci/intel-iommu.c
166e9278a3 "x86/ia64: intel-iommu: move to drivers/iommu/"
5dfe8660a3 "bootmem: Replace work_with_active_regions() with..."
conflicted as the former moved the file under drivers/iommu/.
Resolved by applying the chnages from the latter on the moved
file.
* mm/Kconfig
6661672053 "memblock: add NO_BOOTMEM config symbol"
c378ddd53f "memblock, x86: Make ARCH_DISCARD_MEMBLOCK a config option"
conflicted trivially. Both added config options. Just
letting both add their own options resolves the conflict.
* mm/memblock.c
d1f0ece6cd "mm/memblock.c: small function definition fixes"
ed7b56a799 "memblock: Remove memblock_memory_can_coalesce()"
confliected. The former updates function removed by the
latter. Resolution is trivial.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
* 'timers-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
hrtimer: Fix extra wakeups from __remove_hrtimer()
timekeeping: add arch_offset hook to ktime_get functions
clocksource: Avoid selecting mult values that might overflow when adjusted
time: Improve documentation of timekeeeping_adjust()
Some HID devices, such as my Bluetooth mouse, report their battery
strength as an event. Rather than passing it through as a strange
absolute input event, this patch registers it with the power_supply
subsystem as a battery, so that the device's Battery Strength can be
reported to usermode.
The battery appears in sysfs names
/sys/class/power_supply/hid-<UNIQ>-battery, and it is a child of the
battery-containing device, so it should be clear what it's the battery of.
Unfortunately on my current Fedora 16 system, while the battery does
appear in the UI, it is listed as a Laptop Battery with 0% charge (since
it ignores the "capacity" property of the battery and instead computes
it from the "energy*" fields, which we can't supply given the limited
information contained within the HID Report).
Still, this patch is the first step.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Device must be in promiscuous mode or DMAC must be same as the host MAC, or
else packet will be dropped by the HW rx filtering.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 2 capability bits for WOL, one for each port.
WOL handlers were looking only on the second bit, regardless of the port.
Signed-off-by: Oren Duer <oren@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Towards adding RSS support for IB drivers/application who use
the mlx4 HW, make the RSS related definitions global and change
the mlx4_en driver to use them.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shlomo Pongratz <shlomop@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Workaround dropped notifications in the iir register. Prevent reads
coincident with new interrupt notifications by reading the iir at most
once per interrupt.
Reported-by: Nhan H Mai <nhan.h.mai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
xhci-hub used some numerical values for initialisation of root hub
descriptors. #define values are addded in usb 2.0 hub specification
file and these values are used for root hub characteristics
initialisation.
Also use some #defines in places where magic numbers are being used.
Signed-off-by: Aman Deep <amandeep3986@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This pulls in the latest USB bugfixes and helps a few of the drivers
merge nicer in the future due to changes in both branches.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Now inetpeer is the place where we cache redirect information for ipv4
destinations, we must be able to invalidate informations when a route is
added/removed on host.
As inetpeer is not yet namespace aware, this patch adds a shared
redirect_genid, and a per inetpeer redirect_genid. This might be changed
later if inetpeer becomes ns aware.
Cache information for one inerpeer is valid as long as its
redirect_genid has the same value than global redirect_genid.
Reported-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for writing data to EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben@simtec.co.uk>
Cc: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Cc: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Cc: Linux Kernel <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices need to know if the data is to be output or read, so add a
data direction into the eeprom structure to tell the driver whether the
data line should be driven.
The user in this case is the Micrel KS8851 which has a direction
control for the EEPROM data line and thus needs to know whether
to drive it (writing) or to tristate it for receiving.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben@simtec.co.uk>
Cc: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Cc: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the kconfig types to tristate and adjust the condition for
declaring net_device::dsa_ptr to allow for this.
Adjust the makefile so that if NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65=y and
NET_DSA_MV88E6131=m or vice versa then both drivers are built-in. We
could leave these options as bool and make NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX a
user-selected option, but that would break existing configurations.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eth_type_trans() will use these functions if DSA is enabled, which
blocks building DSA as a module.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We move all mtu handling from dst_mtu() down to the protocol
layer. So each protocol can implement the mtu handling in
a different manner.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We plan to invoke the dst_opt->default_mtu() method unconditioally
from dst_mtu(). So rename the method to dst_opt->mtu() to match
the name with the new meaning.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The power core infrastructure allow external power change
events to be passed to drivers what are listed in the
supplied_to call back field. Enable this feature by
allowing the supplied_to field to be passed to the driver.
This feature will enable drivers named in the supplied_to
field that have a external_power_changed callback to be
notified when power was been turned on or off.
Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <cbouatmailru@gmail.com>
On brownstone rev 4 ac-insert detect is handled by vbus.
allow the platform code to configure the disabling of insert
by setting no_insert_detect.
Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <cbouatmailru@gmail.com>
Brownstone does not have temperature reading circuit hooked up.
This leads to spurious interrupts.
Allow the platform layer to indicate no temperature circuit
and do not activate interrupts if no temperature control is set
Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <cbouatmailru@gmail.com>
Commit 944e192db53c "freezer: rename thaw_process() to __thaw_task()
and simplify the implementation" did not create a !CONFIG_FREEZER version
of __thaw_task().
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Current fsi-ak4642 was using id_entry name in order to specify
FSI port and ak464x codec.
But it was no sense, no flexibility.
Platform can specify FSI/ak464x pair by this patch.
Acked-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Some clocks can select its parent clock by CPG register.
But it might have been modified by boot-loader or something.
This patch removed fixed initial parent clock,
and setup it from their current register settings.
It works on div6 reparent clocks for now.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
* git://github.com/rustyrussell/linux:
virtio-pci: make reset operation safer
virtio-mmio: Correct the name of the guest features selector
virtio: add HAS_IOMEM dependency to MMIO platform bus driver
virtio pci device reset actually just does an I/O
write, which in PCI is really posted, that is it
can complete on CPU before the device has received it.
Further, interrupts might have been pending on
another CPU, so device callback might get invoked after reset.
This conflicts with how drivers use reset, which is typically:
reset
unregister
a callback running after reset completed can race with
unregister, potentially leading to use after free bugs.
Fix by flushing out the write, and flushing pending interrupts.
This assumes that device is never reset from
its vq/config callbacks, or in parallel with being
added/removed, document this assumption.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
We can not update iph->daddr in ip_options_rcv_srr(), It is too early.
When some exception ocurred later (eg. in ip_forward() when goto
sr_failed) we need the ip header be identical to the original one as
ICMP need it.
Add a field 'nexthop' in struct ip_options to save nexthop of LSRR
or SSRR option.
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jbarnes/pci:
PCI hotplug: shpchp: don't blindly claim non-AMD 0x7450 device IDs
PCI: pciehp: wait 100 ms after Link Training check
PCI: pciehp: wait 1000 ms before Link Training check
PCI: pciehp: Retrieve link speed after link is trained
PCI: Let PCI_PRI depend on PCI
PCI: Fix compile errors with PCI_ATS and !PCI_IOV
PCI / ACPI: Make acpiphp ignore root bridges using PCIe native hotplug
* tag 'v3.2-rc2': (3068 commits)
Linux 3.2-rc2
hfs: add sanity check for file name length
fsl-rio: fix compile error
blackfin: Fixup export.h includes
Blackfin: add serial TX IRQ in individual platform resource
virtio-pci: fix use after free
ACPI / cpuidle: Remove acpi_idle_suspend (to fix suspend regression)
drm/radeon/kms/combios: fix dynamic allocation of PM clock modes
[CPUFREQ] db8500: fix build error due to undeclared i variable
bma023: Add SFI translation for this device
vrtc: change its year offset from 1960 to 1972
ce4100: fix a build error
arm/imx: fix imx6q mmc error when mounting rootfs
arm/imx: fix AUTO_ZRELADDR selection
arm/imx: fix the references to ARCH_MX3
ARM: mx51/53: set pwm clock parent to ipg_perclk
btrfs: rename the option to nospace_cache
drm/radeon/kms/pm: switch to dynamically allocating clock mode array
drm/radeon/kms: optimize r600_pm_profile_init
drm/radeon/kms/pm: add a proper pm profile init function for fusion
...
Conflicts:
drivers/media/radio/Kconfig
A card is fully routed if the DAPM route table describes all connections on
the board.
When a card is fully routed, some operations can be automated by the ASoC
core. The first, and currently only, such operation is described below, and
implemented by this patch.
Codecs often have a large number of external pins, and not all of these pins
will be connected on all board designs. Some machine drivers therefore call
snd_soc_dapm_nc_pin() for all the unused pins, in order to tell the ASoC core
never to activate them.
However, when a card is fully routed, the information needed to derive the
set of unused pins is present in card->dapm_routes. In this case, have
the ASoC core automatically call snd_soc_dapm_nc_pin() for each unused
codec pin.
This has been tested with soc/tegra/tegra_wm8903.c and soc/tegra/trimslice.c.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
I broke the build with the addition of netprio_cgroups if CONFIG_CGROUPS=n.
This patch corrects it by moving the offending struct into an ifdef
CONFIG_CGROUPS block. Also clean up a few needless defines and inline functions
that don't get called if CONFIG_CGROUPS isn't defined while Im at it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lock_system_sleep() function is used in the memory hotplug code at
several places in order to implement mutual exclusion with hibernation.
However, this function tries to acquire the 'pm_mutex' lock using
mutex_lock() and hence blocks in TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE state if it doesn't
get the lock. This would lead to task freezing failures and hence
hibernation failure as a consequence, even though the hibernation call path
successfully acquired the lock.
But it is to be noted that, since this task tries to acquire pm_mutex, if it
blocks due to this, we are *100% sure* that this task is not going to run
as long as hibernation sequence is in progress, since hibernation releases
'pm_mutex' only at the very end, when everything is done.
And this means, this task is going to be anyway blocked for much more longer
than what the freezer intends to achieve; which means, freezing and thawing
doesn't really make any difference to this task!
So, to fix freezing failures, we just ask the freezer to skip freezing this
task, since it is already "frozen enough".
But instead of calling freezer_do_not_count() and freezer_count() as it is,
we use only the relevant parts of those functions, because restrictions
such as 'the task should be a userspace one' etc., might not be relevant in
this scenario.
Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
* 'pm-freezer' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/misc: (24 commits)
freezer: fix wait_event_freezable/__thaw_task races
freezer: kill unused set_freezable_with_signal()
dmatest: don't use set_freezable_with_signal()
usb_storage: don't use set_freezable_with_signal()
freezer: remove unused @sig_only from freeze_task()
freezer: use lock_task_sighand() in fake_signal_wake_up()
freezer: restructure __refrigerator()
freezer: fix set_freezable[_with_signal]() race
freezer: remove should_send_signal() and update frozen()
freezer: remove now unused TIF_FREEZE
freezer: make freezing() test freeze conditions in effect instead of TIF_FREEZE
cgroup_freezer: prepare for removal of TIF_FREEZE
freezer: clean up freeze_processes() failure path
freezer: kill PF_FREEZING
freezer: test freezable conditions while holding freezer_lock
freezer: make freezing indicate freeze condition in effect
freezer: use dedicated lock instead of task_lock() + memory barrier
freezer: don't distinguish nosig tasks on thaw
freezer: remove racy clear_freeze_flag() and set PF_NOFREEZE on dead tasks
freezer: rename thaw_process() to __thaw_task() and simplify the implementation
...
Device nodes in DT can associate themselves with one or more
regulators/supply by providing a list of phandles (to regulator nodes)
and corresponding supply names.
For Example:
devicenode: node@0x0 {
...
...
vmmc-supply = <®ulator1>;
vpll-supply = <®ulator2>;
};
The driver would then do a regulator_get(dev, "vmmc"); to get
regulator1 and do a regulator_get(dev, "vpll"); to get
regulator2.
of_get_regulator() extracts the regulator node for a given
device, based on the supply name.
Use it to look up the regulator for a given consumer from device tree, during
a regulator_get(). If not found fallback and lookup through
the regulator_map_list instead.
Also, since the regulator dt nodes can use the same binding to
associate with a parent regulator/supply, allow the drivers to
specify a supply_name, which can then be used to lookup dt
to find the parent phandle.
Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak <rnayak@ti.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
With device tree support for regulators, its needed that the
regulator_dev->dev device has the right of_node attached.
To be able to do this add an additional parameter to the
regulator_register() api, wherein the dt-adapted driver can
then pass this additional info onto the regulator core.
Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak <rnayak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The helper routine is meant to be used by the regulator drivers
to extract the regulator_init_data structure from the data
that is passed from device tree.
'consumer_supplies' which is part of regulator_init_data is not extracted
as the regulator consumer mappings are passed through DT differently,
implemented in subsequent patches.
Similarly the regulator<-->parent/supply mapping is handled in
subsequent patches.
Also add documentation for regulator bindings to be used to pass
regulator_init_data struct information from device tree.
Some of the regulator properties which are linux and board specific,
are left out since its not clear if they can
be in someway embedded into the kernel or passed in from DT.
They will be revisited later.
Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak <rnayak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Calling del_timer_sync() on an uninitialized timer leads to a
never ending loop in lock_timer_base() that spins checking for a
non-NULL timer base. Add an assertion to debugobjects to catch
usage of uninitialized objects so that we can initialize timers
in the del_timer_sync() path before it calls lock_timer_base().
[ sboyd@codeaurora.org: Clarify commit message ]
Signed-off-by: Christine Chan <cschan@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1320724108-20788-3-git-send-email-sboyd@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
* 'drm-fixes' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux: (31 commits)
drm: integer overflow in drm_mode_dirtyfb_ioctl()
drivers/gpu/vga/vgaarb.c: add missing kfree
drm/radeon/kms/atom: unify i2c gpio table handling
drm/radeon/kms: fix up gpio i2c mask bits for r4xx for real
ttm: Don't return the bo reserved on error path
drm/radeon/kms: add a CS ioctl flag not to rewrite tiling flags in the CS
drm/i915: Fix inconsistent backlight level during disabled
drm, i915: Fix memory leak in i915_gem_busy_ioctl().
drm/i915: Use DPCD value for max DP lanes.
drm/i915: Initiate DP link training only on the lanes we'll be using
drm/i915: Remove trailing white space
drm/i915: Try harder during dp pattern 1 link training
drm/i915: Make DP prepare/commit consistent with DP dpms
drm/i915: Let panel power sequencing hardware do its job
drm/i915: Treat PCH eDP like DP in most places
drm/i915: Remove link_status field from intel_dp structure
drm/i915: Move common PCH_PP_CONTROL setup to ironlake_get_pp_control
drm/i915: Module parameters using '-1' as default must be signed type
drm/i915: Turn on another required clock gating bit on gen6.
drm/i915: Turn on a required 3D clock gating bit on Sandybridge.
...
wait_event_freezable() and friends stop the waiting if try_to_freeze()
fails. This is not right, we can race with __thaw_task() and in this
case
- wait_event_freezable() returns the wrong ERESTARTSYS
- wait_event_freezable_timeout() can return the positive
value while condition == F
Change the code to always check __retval/condition before return.
Note: with or without this patch the timeout logic looks strange,
probably we should recalc timeout if try_to_freeze() returns T.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
There's no in-kernel user of set_freezable_with_signal() left. Mixing
TIF_SIGPENDING with kernel threads can lead to nasty corner cases as
kernel threads never travel signal delivery path on their own.
e.g. the current implementation is buggy in the cancelation path of
__thaw_task(). It calls recalc_sigpending_and_wake() in an attempt to
clear TIF_SIGPENDING but the function never clears it regardless of
sigpending state. This means that signallable freezable kthreads may
continue executing with !freezing() && stuck TIF_SIGPENDING, which can
be troublesome.
This patch removes set_freezable_with_signal() along with
PF_FREEZER_NOSIG and recalc_sigpending*() calls in freezer. User
tasks get TIF_SIGPENDING, kernel tasks get woken up and the spurious
sigpending is dealt with in the usual signal delivery path.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Count of selector voltage is required for regulator_set_voltage
to work via set_voltage_sel. VDD1/2 currently have it as zero,
so regulator_set_voltage won't work for VDD1/2.
Update count (n_voltages) for VDD1/2.
Output Voltage = (step value * 12.5 mV + 562.5 mV) * gain
With above expr, number of voltages that can be selected is
step value count * gain count
constant for gain count will be called VDD1_2_NUM_VOLT_COARSE
existing constant for step value count is VDD1_2_NUM_VOLTS,
use VDD1_2_NUM_VOLT_FINE instead to make clear that step value
is not the only component in deciding selectable voltage count
Signed-off-by: Afzal Mohammed <afzal@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Create an array of fixed size for the platform to pass regulator
initalization data through.
Passing an array of pointers to init data also allows more flexible
definition of init data as well as prevents reading past the end of the
array should the platform define an incorrectly sized array.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Manna <kyle.manna@fuel7.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Move the regulator defintions to the header so that platform board file
can use them to configure specific regulators.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Manna <kyle.manna@fuel7.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Last piece of code using ANY_I2C_BUS was deleted almost 2 years ago,
so ANY_I2C_BUS can go away as well.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
struct request_queue is allocated with __GFP_ZERO so its "node" field is
zero before initialization. This causes an oops if node 0 is offline in
the page allocator because its zonelists are not initialized. From Dave
Young's dmesg:
SRAT: Node 1 PXM 2 0-d0000000
SRAT: Node 1 PXM 2 100000000-330000000
SRAT: Node 0 PXM 1 330000000-630000000
Initmem setup node 1 0000000000000000-000000000affb000
...
Built 1 zonelists in Node order, mobility grouping on.
...
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 0000000000001c08
IP: [<ffffffff8111c355>] __alloc_pages_nodemask+0xb5/0x870
and __alloc_pages_nodemask+0xb5 translates to a NULL pointer on
zonelist->_zonerefs.
The fix is to initialize q->node at the time of allocation so the correct
node is passed to the slab allocator later.
Since blk_init_allocated_queue_node() is no longer needed, merge it with
blk_init_allocated_queue().
[rientjes@google.com: changelog, initializing q->node]
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [2.6.37+]
Reported-by: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Tested-by: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
There is a potential integer overflow in drm_mode_dirtyfb_ioctl()
if userspace passes in a large num_clips. The call to kmalloc would
allocate a small buffer, and the call to fb->funcs->dirty may result
in a memory corruption.
Reported-by: Haogang Chen <haogangchen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Given we dont use anymore the struct net_device *dev argument, and this
interface brings litle benefit, remove netdev_{alloc|free}_page(), to
debloat include/linux/skbuff.h a bit.
(Some drivers used a mix of these interfaces and alloc_pages())
When allocating a page given to device for DMA transfer (device to
memory), it makes sense to use a cold one (__GFP_COLD)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
C assignment can handle struct in6_addr copying.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current addr_match() is errh, under-optimized.
Compiler doesn't know that memcmp() branch doesn't trigger for IPv4.
Also, pass addresses by value -- they fit into register.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds in the infrastructure code to create the network priority
cgroup. The cgroup, in addition to the standard processes file creates two
control files:
1) prioidx - This is a read-only file that exports the index of this cgroup.
This is a value that is both arbitrary and unique to a cgroup in this subsystem,
and is used to index the per-device priority map
2) priomap - This is a writeable file. On read it reports a table of 2-tuples
<name:priority> where name is the name of a network interface and priority is
indicates the priority assigned to frames egresessing on the named interface and
originating from a pid in this cgroup
This cgroup allows for skb priority to be set prior to a root qdisc getting
selected. This is benenficial for DCB enabled systems, in that it allows for any
application to use dcb configured priorities so without application modification
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SKB_TRUESIZE() provides a better approximation of expected skb truesize.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'bugfixes' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
NFS: Revert pnfs ugliness from the generic NFS read code path
SUNRPC: destroy freshly allocated transport in case of sockaddr init error
NFS: Fix a regression in the referral code
nfs: move nfs_file_operations declaration to bottom of file.c (try #2)
nfs: when attempting to open a directory, fall back on normal lookup (try #5)
* 'writeback-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/wfg/linux:
writeback: remove vm_dirties and task->dirties
writeback: hard throttle 1000+ dd on a slow USB stick
mm: Make task in balance_dirty_pages() killable
Both at91 and avr32 defines its own platform data structure for
the macb driver and both share common structures though at91
includes a currently unused phy_irq_pin. Create a common
macb_platform_data for macb that both at91 and avr32 can use. In
future we can use this to support other architectures that use the
same IP block with the macb driver.
v2: rename eth_platform_data to macb_platform_data and allow at91_ether
to share the platform data with macb.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Annie Li <annie.li@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Receiver-side copying of packets is based on this implementation, it gives
better performance and better CPU accounting. It totally supports three types:
full-page, sub-page and transitive grants.
However this patch does not cover sub-page and transitive grants, it mainly
focus on Full-page part and implements grant table V2 interfaces corresponding
to what already exists in grant table V1, such as: grant table V2
initialization, mapping, releasing and exported interfaces.
Each guest can only supports one type of grant table type, every entry in grant
table should be the same version. It is necessary to set V1 or V2 version before
initializing the grant table.
Grant table exported interfaces of V2 are same with those of V1, Xen is
responsible to judge what grant table version guests are using in every grant
operation.
V2 fulfills the same role of V1, and it is totally backwards compitable with V1.
If dom0 support grant table V2, the guests runing on it can run with either V1
or V2.
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Annie Li <annie.li@oracle.com>
[v1: Modified alloc_vm_area call (new parameters), indentation, and cleanpatch
warnings]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
This patch introduces new structures of grant table V2, grant table V2 is an
extension from V1. Grant table is shared between guest and Xen, and Xen is
responsible to do corresponding work for grant operations, such as: figure
out guest's grant table version, perform different actions based on
different grant table version, etc. Although full-page structure of V2
is different from V1, it play the same role as V1.
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Annie Li <annie.li@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
The general kernel infrastructure for adding module alises during
module post processing expects the affected device type
identification structures in a common header
<linux/mod_devicetable.h>.
This patch simple moves struct amba_id to the common header, and
adds the appropriate include in <linux/amba/bus.h>.
Signed-off-by: Dave Martin <dave.martin@linaro.org>
* 'tty-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty:
TTY: ldisc, wait for ldisc infinitely in hangup
TTY: ldisc, move wait idle to caller
TTY: ldisc, allow waiting for ldisc arbitrarily long
Revert "tty/serial: Prevent drop of DCD on suspend for Tegra UARTs"
RS485: fix inconsistencies in the meaning of some variables
pch_uart: Fix DMA resource leak issue
serial,mfd: Fix CMSPAR setup
tty/serial: Prevent drop of DCD on suspend for Tegra UARTs
pch_uart: Change company name OKI SEMICONDUCTOR to LAPIS Semiconductor
pch_uart: Support new device LAPIS Semiconductor ML7831 IOH
pch_uart: Fix hw-flow control issue
tty: hvc_dcc: Fix duplicate character inputs
jsm: Change maintainership
Currently, we clear revoked flag only when a block is reused. However,
this can tigger a false journal error. Consider a situation when a block
is used as a meta block and is deleted(revoked) in ordered mode, then the
block is allocated as a data block to a file. At this moment, user changes
the file's journal mode from ordered to journaled and truncates the file.
The block will be considered re-revoked by journal because it has revoked
flag still pending from the last transaction and an assertion triggers.
We fix the problem by keeping the revoked status more uptodate - we clear
revoked flag when switching revoke tables to reflect there is no revoked
buffers in current transaction any more.
Signed-off-by: Yongqiang Yang <xiaoqiangnk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
SH MIPI manual explains the calculation method of HBP/HFP.
it is based on HSbyteCLK settings.
SH73a0 chip can use HS6divCLK/HS4divCLK for it.
This patch has compatibility to SH7372 mipi
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Dot clock of SH MIPI are depends on each platform board.
This patch adds set_dot_clock() function for it.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
SH MIPI DSI can use 0-4 lane
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
This patch fixes an oops that can be triggered following this recipe:
0) make sure nf_conntrack_netlink and nf_conntrack_ipv4 are loaded.
1) container is started.
2) connect to it via lxc-console.
3) generate some traffic with the container to create some conntrack
entries in its table.
4) stop the container: you hit one oops because the conntrack table
cleanup tries to report the destroy event to user-space but the
per-netns nfnetlink socket has already gone (as the nfnetlink
socket is per-netns but event callback registration is global).
To fix this situation, we make the ctnl_notifier per-netns so the
callback is registered/unregistered if the container is
created/destroyed.
Alex Bligh and Alexey Dobriyan originally proposed one small patch to
check if the nfnetlink socket is gone in nfnetlink_has_listeners,
but this is a very visited path for events, thus, it may reduce
performance and it looks a bit hackish to check for the nfnetlink
socket only to workaround this situation. As a result, I decided
to follow the bigger path choice, which seems to look nicer to me.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Alex Bligh <alex@alex.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Event channels exposed to userspace by the evtchn module may be used by
other modules in an asynchronous manner, which requires that reference
counting be used to prevent the event channel from being closed before
the signals are delivered.
The reference count on new event channels defaults to -1 which indicates
the event channel is not referenced outside the kernel; evtchn_get fails
if called on such an event channel. The event channels made visible to
userspace by evtchn have a normal reference count.
Signed-off-by: Daniel De Graaf <dgdegra@tycho.nsa.gov>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
On configs where CONFIG_JUMP_LABEL=y, we can replace in fast path a
load/compare/conditional jump by a single jump with no dcache reference.
Jump target is modified as soon as nf_hooks[pf][hook] switches from
empty state to non empty states. jump_label state is kept outside of
nf_hooks array so has no cost on cpu caches.
This patch removes the test on CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG : No need to call
nf_hook_slow() at all if nf_hooks[pf][hook] is empty, this didnt give
useful information, but slowed down things a lot.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40,
and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for
drivers that support it.
The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are
are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask.
Attemping to disable features that are not supported will
take no affect, but will not return errors. This is to aid
backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be
clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask.
This patch only enables the infrastructure. An additional
patch will enable the feature in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No other driver ever ended up using this, and
the commit forgot to move the prototype so no
driver could have used it. Revert it, if any
driver shows up and needs it it can be moved
again, but until then it's more efficient to
have it in mac80211 where the only user is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets
much easier when they get the entire list of
fragments at once. The only thing they need to
do is keep enough space on the queues for up
to ten fragments of a single MSDU.
This allows them to implement this with a new
operation tx_frags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This grants drivers access to the DFS region that a
regulatory domain belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless-regdb now has support for mapping a country to
one DFS region. CRDA sends this to us now so process it
so we can provide that hint to drivers. This will later be
used by code for processing DFS in a way that meets the
criteria for the DFS region the country belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After "freezer: make freezing() test freeze conditions in effect
instead of TIF_FREEZE", freezing() returns authoritative answer on
whether the current task should freeze or not and freeze_task()
doesn't need or use @sig_only. Remove it.
While at it, rewrite function comment for freeze_task() and rename
@sig_only to @user_only in try_to_freeze_tasks().
This patch doesn't cause any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
A kthread doing set_freezable*() may race with on-going PM freeze and
the freezer might think all tasks are frozen while the new freezable
kthread is merrily proceeding to execute code paths which aren't
supposed to be executing during PM freeze.
Reimplement set_freezable[_with_signal]() using __set_freezable() such
that freezable PF flags are modified under freezer_lock and
try_to_freeze() is called afterwards. This eliminates race condition
against freezing.
Note: Separated out from larger patch to resolve fix order dependency
Oleg pointed out.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
should_send_signal() is only used in freezer.c. Exporting them only
increases chance of abuse. Open code the two users and remove it.
Update frozen() to return bool.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Using TIF_FREEZE for freezing worked when there was only single
freezing condition (the PM one); however, now there is also the
cgroup_freezer and single bit flag is getting clumsy.
thaw_processes() is already testing whether cgroup freezing in in
effect to avoid thawing tasks which were frozen by both PM and cgroup
freezers.
This is racy (nothing prevents race against cgroup freezing) and
fragile. A much simpler way is to test actual freeze conditions from
freezing() - ie. directly test whether PM or cgroup freezing is in
effect.
This patch adds variables to indicate whether and what type of
freezing conditions are in effect and reimplements freezing() such
that it directly tests whether any of the two freezing conditions is
active and the task should freeze. On fast path, freezing() is still
very cheap - it only tests system_freezing_cnt.
This makes the clumsy dancing aroung TIF_FREEZE unnecessary and
freeze/thaw operations more usual - updating state variables for the
new state and nudging target tasks so that they notice the new state
and comply. As long as the nudging happens after state update, it's
race-free.
* This allows use of freezing() in freeze_task(). Replace the open
coded tests with freezing().
* p != current test is added to warning printing conditions in
try_to_freeze_tasks() failure path. This is necessary as freezing()
is now true for the task which initiated freezing too.
-v2: Oleg pointed out that re-freezing FROZEN cgroup could increment
system_freezing_cnt. Fixed.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org> (for the cgroup portions)
TIF_FREEZE will be removed soon and freezing() will directly test
whether any freezing condition is in effect. Make the following
changes in preparation.
* Rename cgroup_freezing_or_frozen() to cgroup_freezing() and make it
return bool.
* Make cgroup_freezing() access task_freezer() under rcu read lock
instead of task_lock(). This makes the state dereferencing racy
against task moving to another cgroup; however, it was already racy
without this change as ->state dereference wasn't synchronized.
This will be later dealt with using attach hooks.
* freezer->state is now set before trying to push tasks into the
target state.
-v2: Oleg pointed out that freeze_change_state() was setting
freeze->state incorrectly to CGROUP_FROZEN instead of
CGROUP_FREEZING. Fixed.
-v3: Matt pointed out that setting CGROUP_FROZEN used to always invoke
try_to_freeze_cgroup() regardless of the current state. Patch
updated such that the actual freeze/thaw operations are always
performed on invocation. This shouldn't make any difference
unless something is broken.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
freeze_processes() failure path is rather messy. Freezing is canceled
for workqueues and tasks which aren't frozen yet but frozen tasks are
left alone and should be thawed by the caller and of course some
callers (xen and kexec) didn't do it.
This patch updates __thaw_task() to handle cancelation correctly and
makes freeze_processes() and freeze_kernel_threads() call
thaw_processes() on failure instead so that the system is fully thawed
on failure. Unnecessary [suspend_]thaw_processes() calls are removed
from kernel/power/hibernate.c, suspend.c and user.c.
While at it, restructure error checking if clause in suspend_prepare()
to be less weird.
-v2: Srivatsa spotted missing removal of suspend_thaw_processes() in
suspend_prepare() and error in commit message. Updated.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
With the previous changes, there's no meaningful difference between
PF_FREEZING and PF_FROZEN. Remove PF_FREEZING and use PF_FROZEN
instead in task_contributes_to_load().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
thaw_process() now has only internal users - system and cgroup
freezers. Remove the unnecessary return value, rename, unexport and
collapse __thaw_process() into it. This will help further updates to
the freezer code.
-v3: oom_kill grew a use of thaw_process() while this patch was
pending. Convert it to use __thaw_task() for now. In the longer
term, this should be handled by allowing tasks to die if killed
even if it's frozen.
-v2: minor style update as suggested by Matt.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Writeback and thinkpad_acpi have been using thaw_process() to prevent
deadlock between the freezer and kthread_stop(); unfortunately, this
is inherently racy - nothing prevents freezing from happening between
thaw_process() and kthread_stop().
This patch implements kthread_freezable_should_stop() which enters
refrigerator if necessary but is guaranteed to return if
kthread_stop() is invoked. Both thaw_process() users are converted to
use the new function.
Note that this deadlock condition exists for many of freezable
kthreads. They need to be converted to use the new should_stop or
freezable workqueue.
Tested with synthetic test case.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <ibm-acpi@hmh.eng.br>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
There is no reason to export two functions for entering the
refrigerator. Calling refrigerator() instead of try_to_freeze()
doesn't save anything noticeable or removes any race condition.
* Rename refrigerator() to __refrigerator() and make it return bool
indicating whether it scheduled out for freezing.
* Update try_to_freeze() to return bool and relay the return value of
__refrigerator() if freezing().
* Convert all refrigerator() users to try_to_freeze().
* Update documentation accordingly.
* While at it, add might_sleep() to try_to_freeze().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: KONISHI Ryusuke <konishi.ryusuke@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
This patch implements advice by Ben Hutchings to change the mii side of
the function names to look more like the register whose values they
convert. New LPA translation functions have been added as well.
Signed-off-by: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
libceph: Allocate larger oid buffer in request msgs
ceph: initialize root dentry
ceph: fix iput race when queueing inode work
The forcedeth changes had a conflict with the conversion over
to atomic u64 statistics in net-next.
The libertas cfg.c code had a conflict with the bss reference
counting fix by John Linville in net-next.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/nvidia/forcedeth.c
drivers/net/wireless/libertas/cfg.c
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (86 commits)
ipv4: fix redirect handling
ping: dont increment ICMP_MIB_INERRORS
sky2: fix hang in napi_disable
sky2: enforce minimum ring size
bonding: Don't allow mode change via sysfs with slaves present
f_phonet: fix page offset of first received fragment
stmmac: fix pm functions avoiding sleep on spinlock
stmmac: remove spin_lock in stmmac_ioctl.
stmmac: parameters auto-tuning through HW cap reg
stmmac: fix advertising 1000Base capabilties for non GMII iface
stmmac: use mdelay on timeout of sw reset
sky2: version 1.30
sky2: used fixed RSS key
sky2: reduce default Tx ring size
sky2: rename up/down functions
sky2: pci posting issues
sky2: fix hang on shutdown (and other irq issues)
r6040: fix check against MCRO_HASHEN bit in r6040_multicast_list
MAINTAINERS: change email address for shemminger
pch_gbe: Move #include of module.h
...
* 'pm-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm:
PM / Suspend: Fix bug in suspend statistics update
PM / Hibernate: Fix the early termination of test modes
PM / shmobile: Fix build of sh7372_pm_init() for CONFIG_PM unset
PM Sleep: Do not extend wakeup paths to devices with ignore_children set
PM / driver core: disable device's runtime PM during shutdown
PM / devfreq: correct Kconfig dependency
PM / devfreq: fix use after free in devfreq_remove_device
PM / shmobile: Avoid restoring the INTCS state during initialization
PM / devfreq: Remove compiler error after irq.h update
PM / QoS: Properly use the WARN() macro in dev_pm_qos_add_request()
PM / Clocks: Only disable enabled clocks in pm_clk_suspend()
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 A3SP no_suspend_console fix
PM / shmobile: Don't skip debugging output in pd_power_up()
There should be no situation where it offers any advantage over rbtree
and there are no current users so remove the code for simplicity.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This adds a new optional chunk to the CS ioctl that specifies optional flags
to the CS parser. Why this is useful is explained below. Note that some regs
no longer need the NOP relocation packet if this feature is enabled.
Tested on r300g and r600g with this flag disabled and enabled.
Assume there are two contexts sharing the same mipmapped tiled texture.
One context wants to render into the first mipmap and the other one
wants to render into the last mipmap. As you probably know, the hardware
has a MACRO_SWITCH feature, which turns off macro tiling for small mipmaps,
but that only applies to samplers.
(at least on r300-r500, though later hardware likely behaves the same)
So we want to just re-set the tiling flags before rendering (writing
packets), right? ... No. The contexts run in parallel, so they may
set the tiling flags simultaneously and then fire their command streams
also simultaneously. The last one setting the flags wins, the other one
loses.
Another problem is when one context wants to render into the first and
the last mipmap in one CS. Impossible. It must flush before changing
tiling flags and do the rendering into the smaller mipmaps in another CS.
Yet another problem is that writing copy_blit in userspace would be a mess
involving re-setting tiling flags to please the kernel, and causing races
with other contexts at the same time.
The only way out of this is to send tiling flags with each CS, ideally
with each relocation. But we already do that through the registers.
So let's just use what we have in the registers.
Signed-off-by: Marek Olšák <maraeo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Dummy, non-zero definitions for HPAGE_MASK and HPAGE_SIZE were added in
51c6f666fc ("mm: ZAP_BLOCK causes redundant work") to avoid a divide
by zero in generic kernel code.
That code has since been removed, but probably should never have been
added in the first place: we don't want HPAGE_SIZE to act like PAGE_SIZE
for code that is working with hugepages, for example, when the
dependency on CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE has not been fulfilled.
Because hugepage size can differ from architecture to architecture, each
is required to have their own definitions for both HPAGE_MASK and
HPAGE_SIZE. This is always done in arch/*/include/asm/page.h.
So, just remove the dummy and dangerous definitions since they are no
longer needed and reveals the correct dependencies. Tested on
architectures using the definitions with allyesconfig: x86 (even with
thp), hppa, mips, powerpc, s390, sh3, sh4, sparc, and sparc64, and with
defconfig on ia64.
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
new helper: mount_subtree()
switch create_mnt_ns() to saner calling conventions, fix double mntput() in nfs
btrfs: fix double mntput() in mount_subvol()
This provides flexibility to set the pipe handle
using setsockopt. The pipe can be enabled (if disabled) later
using ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Hemant Ramdasi <hemant.ramdasi@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Kumar Sharma <dinesh.sharma@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net: Remove LL_ALLOCATED_SPACE
The macro LL_ALLOCATED_SPACE was ill-conceived. It applies the
alignment to the sum of needed_headroom and needed_tailroom. As
the amount that is then reserved for head room is needed_headroom
with alignment, this means that the tail room left may be too small.
Now that all uses of LL_ALLOCATED_SPACE have been removed, this
patch finally removes the macro itself.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing vm_area_register_early() allows for early vmalloc space
allocation. However upcoming cleanups in the ARM architecture require
that some fixed locations in the vmalloc area be reserved also very early.
The name "vm_area_register_early" would have been a good name for the
reservation part without the allocation. Since it is already in use with
different semantics, let's create vm_area_add_early() instead.
Both vm_area_register_early() and vm_area_add_early() can be used together
meaning that the former is now implemented using the later where it is
ensured that no conflicting areas are added, but no attempt is made to
make the allocation scheme in vm_area_register_early() more sophisticated.
After all, you must know what you're doing when using those functions.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nicolas.pitre@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
The utf8s_to_utf16s conversion routine needs to be improved. Unlike
its utf16s_to_utf8s sibling, it doesn't accept arguments specifying
the maximum length of the output buffer or the endianness of its
16-bit output.
This patch (as1501) adds the two missing arguments, and adjusts the
only two places in the kernel where the function is called. A
follow-on patch will add a third caller that does utilize the new
capabilities.
The two conversion routines are still annoyingly inconsistent in the
way they handle invalid byte combinations. But that's a subject for a
different patch.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
CC: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Some debugfs file I deal with are mostly blocks of registers,
i.e. lines of the form "<name> = 0x<value>". Some files are only
registers, some include registers blocks among other material. This
patch introduces data structures and functions to deal with both
cases. I expect more users of this over time.
Signed-off-by: Alessandro Rubini <rubini@gnudd.com>
Acked-by: Giancarlo Asnaghi <giancarlo.asnaghi@st.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Part of the blkdev_issue_discard(xx) operation is that it can also
issue a secure discard operation that will permanantly remove the
sectors in question. We advertise that we can support that via the
'discard-secure' attribute and on the request, if the 'secure' bit
is set, we will attempt to pass in REQ_DISCARD | REQ_SECURE.
CC: Li Dongyang <lidongyang@novell.com>
[v1: Used 'flag' instead of 'secure:1' bit]
[v2: Use 'reserved' uint8_t instead of adding a new value]
[v3: Check for nseg when mapping instead of operation]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
In a union type structure to deal with the overlapping
attributes in a easier manner.
Suggested-by: Ian Campbell <Ian.Campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
* 'stable/for-linus-fixes-3.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen:
xen-gntalloc: signedness bug in add_grefs()
xen-gntalloc: integer overflow in gntalloc_ioctl_alloc()
xen-gntdev: integer overflow in gntdev_alloc_map()
xen:pvhvm: enable PVHVM VCPU placement when using more than 32 CPUs.
xen/balloon: Avoid OOM when requesting highmem
xen: Remove hanging references to CONFIG_XEN_PLATFORM_PCI
xen: map foreign pages for shared rings by updating the PTEs directly
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block:
block: add missed trace_block_plug
paride: fix potential information leak in pg_read()
bio: change some signed vars to unsigned
block: avoid unnecessary plug list flush
cciss: auto engage SCSI mid layer at driver load time
loop: cleanup set_status interface
include/linux/bio.h: use a static inline function for bio_integrity_clone()
loop: prevent information leak after failed read
block: Always check length of all iov entries in blk_rq_map_user_iov()
The Windows driver .inf disables ASPM on all cciss devices. Do the same.
backing-dev: ensure wakeup_timer is deleted
block: Revert "[SCSI] genhd: add a new attribute "alias" in gendisk"
Cc: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Rongjun Ying <rongjun.ying@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <Baohua.Song@csr.com>
[fixed direction enums and cyclic api based on changes
already merged]
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
Define a new api that could be used for doing fancy data transfers
like interleaved to contiguous copy and vice-versa.
Traditional SG_list based transfers tend to be very inefficient in
such cases as where the interleave and chunk are only a few bytes,
which call for a very condensed api to convey pattern of the transfer.
This api supports all 4 variants of scatter-gather and contiguous transfer.
Of course, neither can this api help transfers that don't lend to DMA by
nature, i.e, scattered tiny read/writes with no periodic pattern.
Also since now we support SLAVE channels that might not provide
device_prep_slave_sg callback but device_prep_interleaved_dma,
remove the BUG_ON check.
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Barry Song <Baohua.Song@csr.com>
[renamed dmaxfer_template to dma_interleaved_template
did fixup after the enum dma_transfer_merge]
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
This patch introduces the module_usb_driver macro which is a convenience
macro for USB driver modules similar to module_platform_driver. It is
intended to be used by drivers which init/exit section does nothing but
register/unregister the USB driver. By using this macro it is possible
to eliminate a few lines of boilerplate code per USB driver.
Based on work done by Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de> for other
busses (i2c and spi).
Cc: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Most machines dont use RPS/RFS, and pay a fair amount of instructions in
netif_receive_skb() / netif_rx() / get_rps_cpu() just to discover
RPS/RFS is not setup.
Add a jump_label named rps_needed.
If no device rps_map or global rps_sock_flow_table is setup,
netif_receive_skb() / netif_rx() do a single instruction instead of many
ones, including conditional jumps.
jmp +0 (if CONFIG_JUMP_LABEL=y)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows a backend to filter on the dmesg reason as well as the pstore
reason. When ramoops is switched to pstore, this is needed since it has
no interest in storing non-crash dmesg details.
Drop pstore_write() as it has no users, and handling the "reason" here
has no obviously correct value.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
The buf_lock cannot be held while populating the inodes, so make the backend
pass forward an allocated and filled buffer instead. This solves the following
backtrace. The effect is that "buf" is only ever used to notify the backends
that something was written to it, and shouldn't be used in the read path.
To replace the buf_lock during the read path, isolate the open/read/close
loop with a separate mutex to maintain serialized access to the backend.
Note that is is up to the pstore backend to cope if the (*write)() path is
called in the middle of the read path.
[ 59.691019] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at .../mm/slub.c:847
[ 59.691019] in_atomic(): 0, irqs_disabled(): 1, pid: 1819, name: mount
[ 59.691019] Pid: 1819, comm: mount Not tainted 3.0.8 #1
[ 59.691019] Call Trace:
[ 59.691019] [<810252d5>] __might_sleep+0xc3/0xca
[ 59.691019] [<810a26e6>] kmem_cache_alloc+0x32/0xf3
[ 59.691019] [<810b53ac>] ? __d_lookup_rcu+0x6f/0xf4
[ 59.691019] [<810b68b1>] alloc_inode+0x2a/0x64
[ 59.691019] [<810b6903>] new_inode+0x18/0x43
[ 59.691019] [<81142447>] pstore_get_inode.isra.1+0x11/0x98
[ 59.691019] [<81142623>] pstore_mkfile+0xae/0x26f
[ 59.691019] [<810a2a66>] ? kmem_cache_free+0x19/0xb1
[ 59.691019] [<8116c821>] ? ida_get_new_above+0x140/0x158
[ 59.691019] [<811708ea>] ? __init_rwsem+0x1e/0x2c
[ 59.691019] [<810b67e8>] ? inode_init_always+0x111/0x1b0
[ 59.691019] [<8102127e>] ? should_resched+0xd/0x27
[ 59.691019] [<8137977f>] ? _cond_resched+0xd/0x21
[ 59.691019] [<81142abf>] pstore_get_records+0x52/0xa7
[ 59.691019] [<8114254b>] pstore_fill_super+0x7d/0x91
[ 59.691019] [<810a7ff5>] mount_single+0x46/0x82
[ 59.691019] [<8114231a>] pstore_mount+0x15/0x17
[ 59.691019] [<811424ce>] ? pstore_get_inode.isra.1+0x98/0x98
[ 59.691019] [<810a8199>] mount_fs+0x5a/0x12d
[ 59.691019] [<810b9174>] ? alloc_vfsmnt+0xa4/0x14a
[ 59.691019] [<810b9474>] vfs_kern_mount+0x4f/0x7d
[ 59.691019] [<810b9d7e>] do_kern_mount+0x34/0xb2
[ 59.691019] [<810bb15f>] do_mount+0x5fc/0x64a
[ 59.691019] [<810912fb>] ? strndup_user+0x2e/0x3f
[ 59.691019] [<810bb3cb>] sys_mount+0x66/0x99
[ 59.691019] [<8137b537>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x26
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Commit 4ca46ff3e0 (PM / Sleep: Mark
devices involved in wakeup signaling during suspend) introduced
the power.wakeup_path field in struct dev_pm_info to mark devices
whose children are enabled to wake up the system from sleep states,
so that power domains containing the parents that provide their
children with wakeup power and/or relay their wakeup signals are not
turned off. Unfortunately, that introduced a PM regression on SH7372
whose power consumption in the system "memory sleep" state increased
as a result of it, because it prevented the power domain containing
the I2C controller from being turned off when some children of that
controller were enabled to wake up the system, although the
controller was not necessary for them to signal wakeup.
To fix this issue use the observation that devices whose
power.ignore_children flag is set for runtime PM should be treated
analogously during system suspend. Namely, they shouldn't be
included in wakeup paths going through their children. Since the
SH7372 I2C controller's power.ignore_children flag is set, doing so
will restore the previous behavior of that SOC.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch introduces the module_spi_driver macro which is a convenience macro
for SPI driver modules similar to module_platform_driver. It is intended to be
used by drivers which init/exit section does nothing but register/unregister
the SPI driver. By using this macro it is possible to eliminate a few lines of
boilerplate code per SPI driver.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch introduces the module_i2c_driver macro which is a convenience macro
for I2C driver modules similar to module_platform_driver. It is intended to be
used by drivers which init/exit section does nothing but register/unregister
the I2C driver. By using this macro it is possible to eliminate a few lines of
boilerplate code per I2C driver.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@cam.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch generalizes the module_platform_driver macro and introduces a new
module_driver macro. The module_driver macro takes a driver name, a register
and a unregister function for this driver type. Using these it construct the
module init and exit sections which register and unregister the driver. Since
such init/exit sections are commonly found in drivers this macro can be used
to eliminate a lot of boilerplate code.
The macro is not intended to be used by driver modules directly, instead it
should be used to generate bus specific macros for registering drivers like
the module_platform_driver macro.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This reverts commit a15bd354f0.
It exceeded the padding on the SREGS struct, rendering the ABI
backwards-incompatible.
Conflicts:
arch/powerpc/kvm/powerpc.c
include/linux/kvm.h
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Since once needs to do something at conferences and fixing compile
warnings doesn't actually require much if any attention I decided
to break up the sched.c #include "*.c" fest.
This further modularizes the scheduler code.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-x0fcd3mnp8f9c99grcpewmhi@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This adds the /sys/class/net/DEV/queues/Q/tx_timeout attribute
containing the total number of timeout events on the given queue. It
is always available with CONFIG_SYSFS, independently of
CONFIG_RPS/XPS.
Credits to Stephen Hemminger for a preliminary version of this patch.
Tested:
without CONFIG_SYSFS (compilation only)
with sysfs and without CONFIG_RPS & CONFIG_XPS
with sysfs and without CONFIG_RPS
with sysfs and without CONFIG_XPS
with defaults
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <david.decotigny@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
takes vfsmount and relative path, does lookup within that vfsmount
(possibly triggering automounts) and returns the result as root
of subtree suitable for return by ->mount() (i.e. a reference to
dentry and an active reference to its superblock grabbed, superblock
locked exclusive).
btrfs and nfs switched to it instead of open-coding the sucker.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Translating between ethtool advertisement settings and MII
advertisements are common operations for ethernet drivers. This patch
adds a set of helper functions that implements the conversion. The
patch then modifies a couple of the drivers to use the new functions.
Signed-off-by: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since multiple team instances are putting defined options into their
option list, during register each option must be cloned before added
into list. This resolves uncool memory corruptions when using multiple
teams.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to have spinlock for this purpose. So convert this to mutex and
avoid current schedule while atomic problems in netlink code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only distinct use is checking if NETIF_F_NOCACHE_COPY should be
enabled by default. The check heuristics is altered a bit here,
so it hits other people than before. The default shouldn't be
trusted for performance-critical cases anyway.
For all other uses NETIF_F_NO_CSUM is equivalent to NETIF_F_HW_CSUM.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define feature values by bit position instead of direct 2**i values
and force the values to be of type netdev_features_t.
Cleaned and extended from patch by Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>:
+ added netdev_features_t casts
+ included bits under NETIF_F_GSO_MASK
+ moved feature #defines out of struct net_device definition
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers
split unexporting netdev_fix_features()
implemented %pNF
convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move features definitions to separate header so that linux/skbuff.h won't
need to include linux/netdevice.h after netdev_features_t is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As all drivers are converted, we may now remove discrete offload setting
callback handling.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Give keys their own lockdep class to differentiate them from each other in case
a key of one type has to refer to a key of another type.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Add a new .bus_name to virtio_config_ops then modify virtio_net to
call through to it in an ethtool .get_drvinfo routine to report
bus_info in ethtool -i output which is consistent with other
emulated NICs and the output of lspci.
Signed-off-by: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mgmt_start_discovery command contains the type of discovery that
should be started so this should be passed to the start_discovery
function. This patch doesn't yet add any action depending on the type of
the requested discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The management protocol uses a single byte for error codes (aka command
status). In some places this value is directly copied from HCI and in
other a POSIX error number is used. This makes it impossible for
user-space to uniquily decipher the meaning of an error.
To solve this issue a new mgmt-specific set of error codes is added
along with a conversion table for HCI status values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The kernel needs to know whether it should connect to a device over
BR/EDR or over LE. This is particularly important in the future when
dual-mode device may be connectable also over LE. It is also important
if/when we decide to move the LE advertisement cache from the kernel
into user-space. Adding the type to the mgmt command also ensures
conformance with the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patches creates mgmt_stop_discovery_failed() which removes
pending MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY commands and sends proper command
status events.
This patch also fixes the MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY command leak in
case cancel inquiry fails.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch renames the function mgmt_inquiry_failed() to
mgmt_start_discovery_failed(). This function is more related
to MGMT_OP_START_DISCOVERY command handling than to inquiry.
Besides, this functions will be reused by LE based discovery
procedures in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The reg_defaults field usually points to a static per driver array, which should
not be modified. Make requirement this explicit by making reg_defaults const.
To allow this the regcache_init code needs some minor changes. Previoulsy the
reg_config was not available in regcache_init and regmap->reg_defaults was used
to pass the default register set to regcache_init. Now that the reg_config is
available we can work on it directly.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
In 5fbdc10395 the XEN_PLATFORM_PCI config
option was removed, but references in header files remained. Clean up
those references.
Signed-off-by: Daniel De Graaf <dgdegra@tycho.nsa.gov>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
When mapping a foreign page with xenbus_map_ring_valloc() with the
GNTTABOP_map_grant_ref hypercall, set the GNTMAP_contains_pte flag and
pass a pointer to the PTE (in init_mm).
After the page is mapped, the usual fault mechanism can be used to
update additional MMs. This allows the vmalloc_sync_all() to be
removed from alloc_vm_area().
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
[v1: Squashed fix by Michal for no-mmu case]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Now move the helper function for creating and reporting the jack-detection
to the common place. The driver that needs this functionality should
select CONFIG_SND_KCTL_JACK kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
This is just a cleanup patch to silence a static checker warning.
The problem is that we cap "nr_iovecs" so it can't be larger than
"UIO_MAXIOV" but we don't check for negative values. It turns out this is
prevented at other layers, but logically it doesn't make sense to have
negative nr_iovecs so making it unsigned is nicer.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
When CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INTEGRITY is not set, we get these warnings:
drivers/md/dm.c: In function 'split_bvec':
drivers/md/dm.c:1061:3: warning: statement with no effect
drivers/md/dm.c: In function 'clone_bio':
drivers/md/dm.c:1088:3: warning: statement with no effect
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Make the security_inode_init_security() initxattrs arg const, to match the
non-stubbed version of that function.
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Almost every platform_driver does the three steps get_resource,
request_mem_region, ioremap. This does not only lead to a lot of code
duplication, but also a huge number of similar error strings and
inconsistent error codes on failure. So, introduce a helper function
which simplifies remapping a resource and make it hard to do something
wrong and add documentation for it.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
There are some functions (uart_handle_dcd_change, _handle_cts_change,
_insert_char) which are big enough to not be inlined. So move them
from .h to .c. We need to export them so that modules can actually use
them.
They will be even bigger when we introduce tty refcounting to them.
While at it, cleanup the "Proud member of Uglyhacks'R'US". It means,
define uart_handle_sysrq_char only when SUPPORT_SYSRQ is set.
Otherwise define it as a macro. This is needed for some arm driver
where the second parameter is undefined if expanded.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch adds phy reset functionality to mdio-gpio driver. Now
mdio_gpio_platform_data has new member as function pointer which can be
filled at the bsp level for a callback from phy infrastructure. Also the
mdio-bitbang driver fills-in the reset function of mii_bus structure.
Without this patch the bsp level code has to takecare of the reseting
PHY's on the bus, which become bit hacky for every bsp and
phy-infrastructure is ignored aswell.
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The crisv10.c and the atmel_serial.c serial drivers intepret the fields of the
serial_rs485 structure in a different way.
In particular, crisv10.c uses SER_RS485_RTS_AFTER_SEND and
SER_RS485_RTS_ON_SEND for the voltage of the RTS pin; atmel_serial.c,
instead, uses these values to know if a delay must be set before and
after sending. This patch makes the usage of these variables consistent
across all drivers and fixes the Documentation as well.
From now on, SER_RS485_RTS_AFTER_SEND and SER_RS485_RTS_ON_SEND will be
used to set the voltage of the RTS pin (as in the crisv10.c driver); the
delay will be understood by looking only at the value of
delay_rts_before_send and delay_rts_after_send.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Scordino <claudio@evidence.eu.com>
Signed-off-by: Darron Black <darron@griffin.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Nilsson <jesper.nilsson@axis.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
To properly support the various plane formats supported by different
hardware, the kernel must know the pixel format of a framebuffer object.
So add a new ioctl taking a format argument corresponding to a fourcc
name from the new drm_fourcc.h header file. Implement the fb creation
hooks in terms of the new mode_fb_cmd2 using helpers where the old
bpp/depth values are needed.
v2: create DRM specific fourcc header file for sharing with libdrm etc
v3: fix rebase failure and use DRM fourcc codes in intel_display.c and
update commit message
v4: make fb_cmd2 handle field into an array for multi-object formats
pull in Ville's fix for the memcpy in drm_plane_init
apply Ville's cleanup to zero out fb_cmd2 arg in drm_mode_addfb
v5: add 'flags' field for interlaced support (from Ville)
Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <rob.clark@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Planes are a bit like half-CRTCs. They have a location and fb, but
don't drive outputs directly. Add support for handling them to the core
KMS code.
v2: fix ABI of get_plane - move format_type_ptr to the end
v3: add 'flags' field for interlaced support (from Ville)
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <rob.clark@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Fix warning of make xmldocs of documention of the struct member iommu_ops from struct bus_type.
Signed-off-by: Marcos Paulo de Souza <marcos.mage@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Move usb_translate_errors from usb core to linux/usb.h as it is meant to
be accessed from drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Add support for multiple read urbs to generic read implementation.
Use a static array of two read urbs for now which is enough to get a
50% throughput increase in one test setup.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Remove no longer used write_urb_busy field from struct usb_serial_port.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
There is nothing in keypad platform definitions that requires
the driver be complied on Samsung platform only, so let's move them
out of the platform subdirectory and relax the dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
* 'fixes' of git://git.linaro.org/people/triad/linux-pinctrl:
pinctrl: hide subsystem from the populace
pinctrl: fix "warning: 'struct pinctrl_dev' declared inside parameter list"
An IOMMU group is a set of devices for which the IOMMU cannot
distinguish transactions. For PCI devices, a group often occurs
when a PCI bridge is involved. Transactions from any device
behind the bridge appear to be sourced from the bridge itself.
We leave it to the IOMMU driver to define the grouping restraints
for their platform.
Using this new interface, the group for a device can be retrieved
using the iommu_device_group() callback. Users will compare the
value returned against the value returned for other devices to
determine whether they are part of the same group. Devices with
no group are not translated by the IOMMU. There should be no
expectations about the group numbers as they may be arbitrarily
assigned by the IOMMU driver and may not be persistent across boots.
We also provide a sysfs interface to the group numbers here so
that userspace can understand IOMMU dependencies between devices
for managing safe, userspace drivers.
[Some code changes by Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>]
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
this patch addes exynos_drm_gem_init() creating and initialzing a gem.
allocation functions could use this function to create new gem and
it changes size type of exynos_drm_gem_create structure to 64bit
and also corrects comments to exynos_drm_gem_create structure.
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
The HCD_FLAG_SAW_IRQ flag was introduced in order to catch IRQ routing
errors: If an URB was unlinked and the host controller hadn't gotten
any IRQs, it seemed likely that the IRQs were directed to the wrong
vector.
This warning hasn't come up in many years, as far as I know; interrupt
routing now seems to be well under control. Therefore there's no
reason to keep the flag around any more. This patch (as1495) finally
removes it.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
sta32x resets and loses all configuration during ESD test.
Work around by polling the CONFA register once a second
and restore all coeffcients and registers when CONFA
changes unexpectedly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Add a structure for platform specific configuration and use it,
thereby removing a few FIXMEs which marked hard-coded values.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
One of the thing we discussed during netdev 2011 conference was the idea
to change some network drivers to allocate/populate their skb at RX
completion time, right before feeding the skb to network stack.
In old days, we allocated skbs when populating the RX ring.
This means bringing into cpu cache sk_buff and skb_shared_info cache
lines (since we clear/initialize them), then 'queue' skb->data to NIC.
By the time NIC fills a frame in skb->data buffer and host can process
it, cpu probably threw away the cache lines from its caches, because lot
of things happened between the allocation and final use.
So the deal would be to allocate only the data buffer for the NIC to
populate its RX ring buffer. And use build_skb() at RX completion to
attach a data buffer (now filled with an ethernet frame) to a new skb,
initialize the skb_shared_info portion, and give the hot skb to network
stack.
build_skb() is the function to allocate an skb, caller providing the
data buffer that should be attached to it. Drivers are expected to call
skb_reserve() right after build_skb() to adjust skb->data to the
Ethernet frame (usually skipping NET_SKB_PAD and NET_IP_ALIGN, but some
drivers might add a hardware provided alignment)
Data provided to build_skb() MUST have been allocated by a prior
kmalloc() call, with enough room to add SKB_DATA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct
skb_shared_info)) bytes at the end of the data without corrupting
incoming frame.
data = kmalloc(NET_SKB_PAD + NET_IP_ALIGN + 1536 +
SKB_DATA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct skb_shared_info)),
GFP_ATOMIC);
...
skb = build_skb(data);
if (!skb) {
recycle_data(data);
} else {
skb_reserve(skb, NET_SKB_PAD + NET_IP_ALIGN);
...
}
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@mojatatu.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
zap_locks() is used by printk() in a last ditch effort to get data
out, clearly we cannot trust lock state after this so make it disable
lock debugging.
Also don't treat printk recursion through lockdep as a normal
recursion bug but try hard to get the lockdep splat out.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-kqxwmo4xz37e1s8w0xopvr0q@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
In UP systems, the idle task is initialized using the init_task
structure from which the command name is taken (currently "swapper").
In SMP systems, one idle task per CPU is forked by the worker thread
from which the task structure is copied. The command name is, therefore,
"kworker/0:0" or "kworker/0:1", if not updated. Since such update was
lacking, all idle tasks in SMP systems were incorrectly named. This
longtime bug was not discovered immediately, because there is no /proc/0
entry - the bug only becomes apparent when tracing is enabled.
This patch sets the command name of the idle tasks in SMP systems to the
name that is used in the INIT_TASK structure suffixed by a slash and the
number of the CPU.
Signed-off-by: Carsten Emde <C.Emde@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111026211708.768925506@osadl.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* 'rmobile-fixes-for-linus' of git://github.com/pmundt/linux-sh:
ARM: mach-shmobile: cpuidle single/global and last_state fixes
ARM: mach-shmobile: move helper macro PORTCR to sh_pfc.h
ARM: mach-shmobile: move helper macro PORT_xx to sh_pfc.h
ARM: mach-shmobile: move helper macro PORT_DATA_xx to sh_pfc.h
ARM: mach-shmobile: ap4evb: remove white space from end of line
ARM: mach-shmobile: clock-sh7372: remove un-necessary index
ARM: mach-shmobile: kota2: add comment out separator
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh73a0: add MMC data pin pull-up
commit 3ceca74966 added a TOS attribute.
Unfortunately TOS and TCLASS are both present in a dual-stack v6 socket,
furthermore they can have different values. As such one cannot in a
sane way expose both through a single attribute.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczyowski <maze@google.com>
CC: Murali Raja <muralira@google.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Le mercredi 09 novembre 2011 à 16:21 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 16:16:44 -0500 (EST)
>
> > From: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
> > Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 12:14:09 +0100
> >
> >> unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
> >> neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
> >> for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
> >> sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
> > ...
> >
> > Ok, I've applied this, let's see what happens :-)
>
> Early answer, build fails.
>
> Please test build this patch with DECNET enabled and resubmit. The
> decnet neigh layer still refers to the removed ->queue_len member.
>
> Thanks.
Ouch, this was fixed on one machine yesterday, but not the other one I
used this morning, sorry.
[PATCH V5 net-next] neigh: new unresolved queue limits
unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
$ arp -d 192.168.20.108 ; ping -c 2 -s 8000 192.168.20.108
PING 192.168.20.108 (192.168.20.108) 8000(8028) bytes of data.
8008 bytes from 192.168.20.108: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.322 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for frame fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading /proc/net/snmp6 on a machine with a lot of cpus is very
expensive (can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPV6MSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding
values for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory (32MBytes on
non x86 arches)
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces new network device called team. It supposes to be
very fast, simple, userspace-driven alternative to existing bonding
driver.
Userspace library called libteam with couple of demo apps is available
here:
https://github.com/jpirko/libteam
Note it's still in its dipers atm.
team<->libteam use generic netlink for communication. That and rtnl
suppose to be the only way to configure team device, no sysfs etc.
Python binding of libteam was recently introduced.
Daemon providing arpmon/miimon active-backup functionality will be
introduced shortly. All what's necessary is already implemented in
kernel team driver.
v7->v8:
- check ndo_ndo_vlan_rx_[add/kill]_vid functions before calling
them.
- use dev_kfree_skb_any() instead of dev_kfree_skb()
v6->v7:
- transmit and receive functions are not checked in hot paths.
That also resolves memory leak on transmit when no port is
present
v5->v6:
- changed couple of _rcu calls to non _rcu ones in non-readers
v4->v5:
- team_change_mtu() uses team->lock while travesing though port
list
- mac address changes are moved completely to jurisdiction of
userspace daemon. This way the daemon can do FOM1, FOM2 and
possibly other weird things with mac addresses.
Only round-robin mode sets up all ports to bond's address then
enslaved.
- Extended Kconfig text
v3->v4:
- remove redundant synchronize_rcu from __team_change_mode()
- revert "set and clear of mode_ops happens per pointer, not per
byte"
- extend comment of function __team_change_mode()
v2->v3:
- team_change_mtu() uses rcu version of list traversal to unwind
- set and clear of mode_ops happens per pointer, not per byte
- port hashlist changed to be embedded into team structure
- error branch in team_port_enter() does cleanup now
- fixed rtln->rtnl
v1->v2:
- modes are made as modules. Makes team more modular and
extendable.
- several commenters' nitpicks found on v1 were fixed
- several other bugs were fixed.
- note I ignored Eric's comment about roundrobin port selector
as Eric's way may be easily implemented as another mode (mode
"random") in future.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound:
ALSA: usb-audio: Use kmemdup rather than duplicating its implementation
ALSA: hda - Re-enable the check NO_PRESENCE misc bit
ALSA: vmaster - Free slave-links when freeing the master element
ALSA: hda - Don't add elements of other codecs to vmaster slave
ALSA: intel8x0: improve virtual environment detection
ALSA: intel8x0: move virtual environment detection code into one place
ALSA: snd_usb_audio: add Logitech HD Webcam c510 to quirk-384
ALSA: hda - fix internal mic on Dell Vostro 3500 laptop
ALSA: HDA: Remove quirk for Toshiba T110
ALSA: usb-audio - Fix the missing volume quirks at delayed init
ALSA: hda - Mute unused capture sources for Realtek codecs
ALSA: intel8x0: Improve comments for VM optimization
ASoC: Ensure we get an impedence reported for WM8958 jack detect
ASoC: Don't use wm8994->control_data when requesting IRQs
ASoC: Don't use wm8994->control_data in wm8994_readable_register()
ASoC: Update git repository URL
* 'drm-fixes' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux: (42 commits)
drm/radeon/kms/pm: switch to dynamically allocating clock mode array
drm/radeon/kms: optimize r600_pm_profile_init
drm/radeon/kms/pm: add a proper pm profile init function for fusion
drm/radeon/kms: remove extraneous calls to radeon_pm_compute_clocks()
drm/exynos: added padding to be 64-bit align.
drm: fix kconfig unmet dependency warning
drm: add some comments to drm_wait_vblank and drm_queue_vblank_event
drm/radeon/benchmark: signedness bug in radeon_benchmark_move()
drm: do not sleep on vblank while holding a mutex
MAINTAINERS: exynos: Add EXYNOS DRM maintainer entry
drm: try to restore previous CRTC config if mode set fails
drm/radeon/kms: make an aux failure debug only
drm: drop select of SLOW_WORK
drm: serialize access to list of debugfs files
drm/radeon/kms: fix use of vram scratch page on evergreen/ni
drm/radeon: Make sure CS mutex is held across GPU reset.
drm: Ensure string is null terminated.
vmwgfx: Only allow 64x64 cursors
vmwgfx: Initialize clip rect loop correctly in surface dirty
vmwgfx: Close screen object system
...
ceph_osd_request struct allocates a 40-byte buffer for object names.
RBD image names can be up to 96 chars long (100 with the .rbd suffix),
which results in the object name for the image being truncated, and a
subsequent map failure.
Increase the oid buffer in request messages, in order to avoid the
truncation.
Signed-off-by: Stratos Psomadakis <psomas@grnet.gr>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in
AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe
response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe
response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a
template.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver.
A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols
determines which protocols are supported.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The macro is only used in ipw2200 and we certainly
don't want to encourage its use, so move it out of
the radiotap header file and into the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check if NCI data flow control is used in nci_tx_work.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove unused NCI operations, e.g. create static rf connection.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition, deletion and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses and notifications structures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This four year old subsystem does not have a single in-tree user
not even in staging and as far as I know also none out-of-tree.
I think that justifies removing it which cleans the config up.
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Acked-by: James Simmons <jsimmons@infradead.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
DVB-C, as defined by ITU-T J.83 has 3 annexes. The differences between
Annex A and Annex C is that Annex C uses a subset of the modulation
types, and uses a different rolloff factor. A different rolloff means
that the bandwidth required is slicely different, and may affect the
saw filter configuration at the tuners. Also, some demods have different
configurations, depending on using Annex A or Annex C.
So, allow userspace to specify it, by changing the rolloff factor.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
From fdf1fdebaa00f81de18c227f32f8074c8b352d50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Date: Sun, 30 Oct 2011 19:06:07 -0700
Subject: [PATCH] drm: Make the per-driver file_operations struct const
The DRM layer keeps a copy of struct file_operations inside its
big driver struct... which prevents it from being consistent and static.
For consistency (and the general security objective of having such things
static), it's desirable to get this fixed.
This patch splits out the file_operations field to its own struct,
which is then "static const", and just stick a pointer to this into
the driver struct, making it more consistent with how the rest of the
kernel does this.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Nouveau, when configured with debugfs, creates debugfs files for every
channel, so structure holding list of files needs to be protected from
simultaneous changes by multiple threads.
Without this patch it's possible to hit kernel oops in
drm_debugfs_remove_files just by running a couple of xterms with
looped glxinfo.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Slusarz <marcin.slusarz@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This patch moves PORT_xx helper macro to sh_pfc.h,
and it expects CPU_ALL_PORT() macro for each CPU
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
This patch move PORT_DATA_xx helper macro to sh_pfc.h.
and pfc-sh7372.c used it
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Now that all of the named string association with clocks has been
migrated to clkdev lookups there's no meaningful named topology that can
be constructed for a debugfs tree view. Get rid of the left over bits,
and shrink struct clk a bit in the process.
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
rename to l2cap_chan_check_security() to make it consistent with other
l2cap_exported functions. This function will be exported in a later
commit.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since disconnecting may fail the status needs to be communicated to user
space. This also updates the implementation to match the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since the command can fail we need to have a proper response with the
remote address and a failure status for it. This also updates it to
conform to the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's necessary to know the distinction between public and random LE
addresses so the mgmt interface also needs to distinguish between them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
For some frequencies, the clocks_calc_mult_shift() function will
unfortunately select mult values very close to 0xffffffff. This
has the potential to overflow when NTP adjusts the clock, adding
to the mult value.
This patch adds a clocksource.maxadj value, which provides
an approximation of an 11% adjustment(NTP limits adjustments to
500ppm and the tick adjustment is limited to 10%), which could
be made to the clocksource.mult value. This is then used to both
check that the current mult value won't overflow/underflow, as
well as warning us if the timekeeping_adjust() code pushes over
that 11% boundary.
v2: Fix max_adjustment calculation, and improve WARN_ONCE
messages.
v3: Don't warn before maxadj has actually been set
CC: Yong Zhang <yong.zhang0@gmail.com>
CC: David Daney <ddaney.cavm@gmail.com>
CC: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
CC: Chen Jie <chenj@lemote.com>
CC: zhangfx <zhangfx@lemote.com>
CC: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Chen Jie <chenj@lemote.com>
Reported-by: zhangfx <zhangfx@lemote.com>
Tested-by: Yong Zhang <yong.zhang0@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
There are no current users and new drivers ought to be using the regmap
API and its cache implementation directly so just delete the ASoC copy.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
My usual technique for finding definitions is to search for "name {"
which breaks with the extra space.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
When mapping a memory region, split it to page sizes as supported
by the iommu hardware. Always prefer bigger pages, when possible,
in order to reduce the TLB pressure.
The logic to do that is now added to the IOMMU core, so neither the iommu
drivers themselves nor users of the IOMMU API have to duplicate it.
This allows a more lenient granularity of mappings; traditionally the
IOMMU API took 'order' (of a page) as a mapping size, and directly let
the low level iommu drivers handle the mapping, but now that the IOMMU
core can split arbitrary memory regions into pages, we can remove this
limitation, so users don't have to split those regions by themselves.
Currently the supported page sizes are advertised once and they then
remain static. That works well for OMAP and MSM but it would probably
not fly well with intel's hardware, where the page size capabilities
seem to have the potential to be different between several DMA
remapping devices.
register_iommu() currently sets a default pgsize behavior, so we can convert
the IOMMU drivers in subsequent patches. After all the drivers
are converted, the temporary default settings will be removed.
Mainline users of the IOMMU API (kvm and omap-iovmm) are adopted
to deal with bytes instead of page order.
Many thanks to Joerg Roedel <Joerg.Roedel@amd.com> for significant review!
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
Cc: David Brown <davidb@codeaurora.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Joerg Roedel <Joerg.Roedel@amd.com>
Cc: Stepan Moskovchenko <stepanm@codeaurora.org>
Cc: KyongHo Cho <pullip.cho@samsung.com>
Cc: Hiroshi DOYU <hdoyu@nvidia.com>
Cc: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Cc: kvm@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Express sizes in bytes rather than in page order, to eliminate the
size->order->size conversions we have whenever the IOMMU API is calling
the low level drivers' map/unmap methods.
Adopt all existing drivers.
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
Cc: David Brown <davidb@codeaurora.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Joerg Roedel <Joerg.Roedel@amd.com>
Cc: Stepan Moskovchenko <stepanm@codeaurora.org>
Cc: KyongHo Cho <pullip.cho@samsung.com>
Cc: Hiroshi DOYU <hdoyu@nvidia.com>
Cc: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
This reverts commit a72c5e5eb7.
The commit introduced alias for block devices which is intended to be
used during logging although actual usage hasn't been committed yet.
This approach adds very limited benefit (raw log might be easier to
follow) which can be trivially implemented in userland but has a lot
of problems.
It is much worse than netif renames because it doesn't rename the
actual device but just adds conveninence name which isn't used
universally or enforced. Everything internal including device lookup
and sysfs still uses the internal name and nothing prevents two
devices from using conflicting alias - ie. sda can have sdb as its
alias.
This has been nacked by people working on device driver core, block
layer and kernel-userland interface and shouldn't have been
upstreamed. Revert it.
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1155104http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.scsi/68632http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.scsi/69776
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Acked-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: Nao Nishijima <nao.nishijima.xt@hitachi.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Le lundi 07 novembre 2011 à 15:33 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> At least, in recent kernels we dont change dst->refcnt in forwarding
> patch (usinf NOREF skb->dst)
>
> One particular point is the atomic_inc(dst->refcnt) we have to perform
> when queuing an UDP packet if socket asked PKTINFO stuff (for example a
> typical DNS server has to setup this option)
>
> I have one patch somewhere that stores the information in skb->cb[] and
> avoid the atomic_{inc|dec}(dst->refcnt).
>
OK I found it, I did some extra tests and believe its ready.
[PATCH net-next] ipv4: IP_PKTINFO doesnt need dst reference
When a socket uses IP_PKTINFO notifications, we currently force a dst
reference for each received skb. Reader has to access dst to get needed
information (rt_iif & rt_spec_dst) and must release dst reference.
We also forced a dst reference if skb was put in socket backlog, even
without IP_PKTINFO handling. This happens under stress/load.
We can instead store the needed information in skb->cb[], so that only
softirq handler really access dst, improving cache hit ratios.
This removes two atomic operations per packet, and false sharing as
well.
On a benchmark using a mono threaded receiver (doing only recvmsg()
calls), I can reach 720.000 pps instead of 570.000 pps.
IP_PKTINFO is typically used by DNS servers, and any multihomed aware
UDP application.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the socket wifi TX status error
queue reflection in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new wifi socket TX capability should be
supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise
whether they do or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.
Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd
needs to know when such a frame was received to set
up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to register to received beacon frames
to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The
registration is per wiphy since there's no point in
receiving the same frame multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to
probe the clients when they have been idle for
some time. Add explicit API to support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise that the device
contains the AP SME and what features it can
support. There are currently no features in
the bitmap -- probe response offload will be
advertised by a few patches Arik is working
on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a
device with AP SME will typically implement
and require response offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we
need to be able to send a deauth to stations that
send frames without being associated. Enable this
by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that
an application can subscribe to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that need to drop a frame before it
can be transmitted will usually simply free
that frame. This is currently fine, but in
the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211
about this case, so add a new routine that
frees a TX skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously QoS multicast frames had the Normal Acknowledgment QoS
control bits set. This would cause broadcast frames to be discarded by
peers with which we have a BA session, since their sequence number would
fall outside the allowed range. Set No Ack QoS control bits on multicast
QoS frames and filter these in de-aggregation code.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
v2: Use proper QoS Ack Policy ctl field mask (Christian)
v3: Clean up conditional (Johannes)
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reading /proc/net/snmp on a machine with a lot of cpus is very expensive
(can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPMSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding values
for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory.
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1X EAPOL handshake hostapd does requires
knowing whether the frame was ack'ed by the peer.
Currently, we fudge this pretty badly by not even
transmitting the frame as a normal data frame but
injecting it with radiotap and getting the status
out of radiotap monitor as well. This is rather
complex, confuses users (mon.wlan0 presence) and
doesn't work with all hardware.
To get rid of that hack, introduce a real wifi TX
status option for data frame transmissions.
This works similar to the existing TX timestamping
in that it reflects the SKB back to the socket's
error queue with a SCM_WIFI_STATUS cmsg that has
an int indicating ACK status (0/1).
Since it is possible that at some point we will
want to have TX timestamping and wifi status in a
single errqueue SKB (there's little point in not
doing that), redefine SO_EE_ORIGIN_TIMESTAMPING
to SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS which can collect more
than just the timestamp; keep the old constant
as an alias of course. Currently the internal APIs
don't make that possible, but it wouldn't be hard
to split them up in a way that makes it possible.
Thanks to Neil Horman for helping me figure out
the functions that add the control messages.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This value is used for WPI-SMS4 in ISO/IEC JTC 1 N 9880.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function returns a referenced BSS struct
(or NULL), annotate with __must_check. It seems
that a lot of drivers get this completely wrong
and leak all BSS structs as a result.
Reported-by: Adam Mikuta <Adam.Mikuta@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
802.11n-2009 extends the supported rates element with a
magic value which can be used to prevent legacy stations
from joining the BSS.
However, this magic value is not a rate like the others
and the magic can simply be ignored/skipped at this late
stage.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>---
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the pending management command list (previously global
to mgmt.c) into struct hci_dev. This makes it possible to do proper
locking when accessing it (through the existing hci_dev locks) and
thereby avoid race conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The current global pending command list in mgmt.c is racy. Possibly the
simplest way to fix it is to have per-hci dev lists instead of a global
one (all commands that need a pending struct are hci_dev specific).
This way the list can be protected using the already existing per-hci
dev lock. To enable this refactoring the first thing that needs to be
done is to ensure that the mgmt functions have access to the hci_dev
struct (instead of just the dev id).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
when pinctl subsystem is not selected, when compiling drivers including
the include/linux/pinctrl/pinctrl.h, we will get the warning as below:
In file included from include/linux/pinctrl/pinmux.h:17,
from drivers/tty/serial/sirfsoc_uart.c:25:
include/linux/pinctrl/pinctrl.h:126: warning: 'struct pinctrl_dev'
declared inside parameter list
include/linux/pinctrl/pinctrl.h:126: warning: its scope is only this
definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <Baohua.Song@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This patch implements RSA digital signature verification using GnuPG library.
The format of the signature and the public key is defined by their respective
headers. The signature header contains version information, algorithm,
and keyid, which was used to generate the signature.
The key header contains version and algorythim type.
The payload of the signature and the key are multi-precision integers.
The signing and key management utilities evm-utils provide functionality
to generate signatures and load keys into the kernel keyring.
When the key is added to the kernel keyring, the keyid defines the name
of the key.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kasatkin <dmitry.kasatkin@intel.com>
Acked-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
Adds the multi-precision-integer maths library which was originally taken
from GnuPG and ported to the kernel by (among others) David Howells.
This version is taken from Fedora kernel 2.6.32-71.14.1.el6.
The difference is that checkpatch reported errors and warnings have been fixed.
This library is used to implemenet RSA digital signature verification
used in IMA/EVM integrity protection subsystem.
Due to patch size limitation, the patch is divided into 4 parts.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kasatkin <dmitry.kasatkin@intel.com>
We leak the crypto instance when we unregister an instance with
crypto_del_alg(). Therefore we introduce crypto_unregister_instance()
to unlink the crypto instance from the template's instances list and
to free the recources of the instance properly.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Add xts_crypt() function that can be used by cipher implementations that can
benefit from parallelized cipher operations.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Export gf128mul table initialization routines and add lrw_crypt() function
that can be used by cipher implementations that can benefit from parallelized
cipher operations.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Serpent SSE2 assembler implementations only provide 4-way/8-way parallel
functions and need setkey and one-block encrypt/decrypt functions.
CC: Dag Arne Osvik <osvik@ii.uib.no>
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Make clear that sk_clone() and inet_csk_clone() return a locked socket.
Add _lock() prefix and kerneldoc.
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV
to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fast retransmission after changing the last address
with ASCONF negotiation
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new struct members were not documented, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds address type info (typically BR/EDR vs LE) to management
messages that need this. This also ensures conformance to the latest
management API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
BR/EDR link keys have their own commands and events (separate from SMP)
and the remove_keys command (previously remove_key) removes keys of any
kind for the specified remote address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The power off code doesn't need to use its own custom timer since the
delayed_work API provides the exact same functionality.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
A proper mgmt_command_status should be returned to user-space if either
discoverable or connectable enabling fails.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Based on the revised mgmt API set_discoverable has a timeout parameter
to specify how long the adapter will remain discoverable. A value of 0
means "indefinitively".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to cancel an ongoing inquiry.
According to the Bluetooth spec, the inquiry cancel command should
only be issued after the inquiry command has been issued, a command
status event has been received for the inquiry command, and before
the inquiry complete event occurs.
As HCI_INQUIRY flag is only set just after an inquiry command status
event occurs and it is cleared just after an inquiry complete event
occurs, the inquiry cancel command should be issued only if HCI_INQUIRY
flag is set.
Additionally, cancel inquiry related code from stop_discovery() were
replaced by a hci_cancel_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to carry out inquiry.
All inquiry code from start_discovery() were replaced by a
hci_do_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Users probably don't care about the specific compression algorithm and
we might want to use a different algorithm (snappy being the one I'm
thinking of right now) so update the public interface to have a more
generic name.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Allow drivers to optimise out the register cache sync if they didn't need
to do one. If the hardware is desynced from the register cache (by power
loss for example) then the driver should call regcache_mark_dirty() to
let the core know about this.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
There seem to be lots of regmap-using devices with very similar interrupt
controllers with a small bank of interrupt registers and mask registers
with an interrupt per bit. This won't cover everything but it's a good
start.
Each chip supplies a base for the status registers, a base for the mask
registers, an optional base for writing acknowledgements (which may be the
same as the status registers) and an array of bits within each of these
register banks which indicate the interrupt.
There is an assumption that the bit for each interrupt will be the same
in each of the register bank.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch adds a custom DSS reset function used on OMAPs from OMAP2
forward.
The function doesn't actually do a reset, it only waits for the reset to
complete. The reason for this is that on OMAP4 there is no possibility
to do a SW reset, and on OMAP2/3 doing a SW reset for dss_core resets
all the other DSS modules also, thus breaking the HWMOD model where
every DSS module is handled independently.
This fixes the problem with DSS reset on OMAP4, caused by the fact that
because there's no SW reset for dss_core on OMAP4, the HWMOD framework
doesn't try to reset dss_core and thus the DSS clocks were never enabled
at the same time. This causes causes the HWMOD reset to fail for
dss_dispc and dss_rfbi.
The common reset function will also allow us to fix another problem in
the future: before doing a reset we need to disable DSS outputs, which
are in some cases enabled by the bootloader, as otherwise DSS HW seems
to get more or less stuck, requiring a power reset to recover.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
[paul@pwsan.com: modified to build arch/arm/mach-omap2/display.o
unconditionally to avoid an error when !CONFIG_OMAP2_DSS]
Signed-off-by: Paul Walmsley <paul@pwsan.com>
Fix below build warning:
CC arch/arm/mach-omap2/hwspinlock.o
In file included from arch/arm/mach-omap2/hwspinlock.c:22:
include/linux/hwspinlock.h: In function '__hwspin_unlock':
include/linux/hwspinlock.h:121: warning: 'return' with a value, in function returning void
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
The "private_date" field in struct devfreq_dev_status almost certainly
wants to be "private_data"; since there are no in-tree users of this
functionality, now seems like an easy time to make the fix.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Symbolic fixed channel IDs will be used instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
AMP channel creation and channel moves are coordinated using the L2CAP
signaling channel. These definitions cover the "create channel",
"move channel", and "move channel confirm" signals.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Each channel has a policy to require BR/EDR (the default),
prefer BR/EDR, or prefer AMP.
Check for valid policy value and L2CAP mode.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This variable is currently only accessible within l2cap_core.c, but
it is also needed in l2cap_sock.c
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Allow control of AMP functionality on L2CAP sockets. By default,
connections will be restricted to BR/EDR. Manipulating the
BT_CHANNEL_POLICY option allows for channels to be moved to or created
on AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implement priority based scheduler using skbuffer priority set via
SO_PRIORITY socket option.
It introduces hci_chan_hash (list of HCI Channel/hci_chan) per connection,
each item in this list refer to a L2CAP connection and it is used to
queue the data for transmission.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary code to send proper command status or
command complete events to the start/stop discovery management commands.
Before this patch these events were completely missing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This uses SO_PRIORITY to set the skbuffer priority field
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
hci_unregister_dev cannot fail and always returns 0. The drivers already ignore
the return value so we can safely make it return void.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Timers set by __set_chan_timer() should use miliseconds instead of
jiffies. Commit 942ecc9c46 updated
l2cap_set_timer() so it expects timeout to be specified in msecs
instead of jiffies. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ
is not set to 1000.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (47 commits)
forcedeth: fix a few sparse warnings (variable shadowing)
forcedeth: Improve stats counters
forcedeth: remove unneeded stats updates
forcedeth: Acknowledge only interrupts that are being processed
forcedeth: fix race when unloading module
MAINTAINERS/rds: update maintainer
wanrouter: Remove kernel_lock annotations
usbnet: fix oops in usbnet_start_xmit
ixgbe: Fix compile for kernel without CONFIG_PCI_IOV defined
etherh: Add MAINTAINERS entry for etherh
bonding: comparing a u8 with -1 is always false
sky2: fix regression on Yukon Optima
netlink: clarify attribute length check documentation
netlink: validate NLA_MSECS length
i825xx:xscale:8390:freescale: Fix Kconfig dependancies
macvlan: receive multicast with local address
tg3: Update version to 3.121
tg3: Eliminate timer race with reset_task
tg3: Schedule at most one tg3_reset_task run
tg3: Obtain PCI function number from device
...
* 'release' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lenb/linux:
cpuidle: Single/Global registration of idle states
cpuidle: Split cpuidle_state structure and move per-cpu statistics fields
cpuidle: Remove CPUIDLE_FLAG_IGNORE and dev->prepare()
cpuidle: Move dev->last_residency update to driver enter routine; remove dev->last_state
ACPI: Fix CONFIG_ACPI_DOCK=n compiler warning
ACPI: Export FADT pm_profile integer value to userspace
thermal: Prevent polling from happening during system suspend
ACPI: Drop ACPI_NO_HARDWARE_INIT
ACPI atomicio: Convert width in bits to bytes in __acpi_ioremap_fast()
PNPACPI: Simplify disabled resource registration
ACPI: Fix possible recursive locking in hwregs.c
ACPI: use kstrdup()
mrst pmu: update comment
tools/power turbostat: less verbose debugging
* 'drm-fixes' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux: (40 commits)
vmwgfx: Snoop DMA transfers with non-covering sizes
vmwgfx: Move the prefered mode first in the list
vmwgfx: Unreference surface on cursor error path
vmwgfx: Free prefered mode on error path
vmwgfx: Use pointer return error codes
vmwgfx: Fix hw cursor position
vmwgfx: Infrastructure for explicit placement
vmwgfx: Make the preferred autofit mode have a 60Hz vrefresh
vmwgfx: Remove screen object active list
vmwgfx: Screen object cleanups
drm/radeon/kms: consolidate GART code, fix segfault after GPU lockup V2
drm/radeon/kms: don't poll forever if MC GDDR link training fails
drm/radeon/kms: fix DP setup on TRAVIS bridges
drm/radeon/kms: set HPD polarity in hpd_init()
drm/radeon/kms: add MSI module parameter
drm/radeon/kms: Add MSI quirk for Dell RS690
drm/radeon/kms: Add MSI quirk for HP RS690
drm/radeon/kms: split MSI check into a separate function
vmwgfx: Reinstate the update_layout ioctl
drm/radeon/kms: always do extended edid probe
...
* git://git.infradead.org/mtd-2.6: (226 commits)
mtd: tests: annotate as DANGEROUS in Kconfig
mtd: tests: don't use mtd0 as a default
mtd: clean up usage of MTD_DOCPROBE_ADDRESS
jffs2: add compr=lzo and compr=zlib options
jffs2: implement mount option parsing and compression overriding
mtd: nand: initialize ops.mode
mtd: provide an alias for the redboot module name
mtd: m25p80: don't probe device which has status of 'disabled'
mtd: nand_h1900 never worked
mtd: Add DiskOnChip G3 support
mtd: m25p80: add EON flash EN25Q32B into spi flash id table
mtd: mark block device queue as non-rotational
mtd: r852: make r852_pm_ops static
mtd: m25p80: add support for at25df321a spi data flash
mtd: mxc_nand: preset_v1_v2: unlock all NAND flash blocks
mtd: nand: switch `check_pattern()' to standard `memcmp()'
mtd: nand: invalidate cache on unaligned reads
mtd: nand: do not scan bad blocks with NAND_BBT_NO_OOB set
mtd: nand: wait to set BBT version
mtd: nand: scrub BBT on ECC errors
...
Fix up trivial conflicts:
- arch/arm/mach-at91/board-usb-a9260.c
Merged into board-usb-a926x.c
- drivers/mtd/maps/lantiq-flash.c
add_mtd_partitions -> mtd_device_register vs changed to use
mtd_device_parse_register.
* 'upstream/jump-label-noearly' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeremy/xen:
jump-label: initialize jump-label subsystem much earlier
x86/jump_label: add arch_jump_label_transform_static()
s390/jump-label: add arch_jump_label_transform_static()
jump_label: add arch_jump_label_transform_static() to optimise non-live code updates
sparc/jump_label: drop arch_jump_label_text_poke_early()
x86/jump_label: drop arch_jump_label_text_poke_early()
jump_label: if a key has already been initialized, don't nop it out
stop_machine: make stop_machine safe and efficient to call early
jump_label: use proper atomic_t initializer
Conflicts:
- arch/x86/kernel/jump_label.c
Added __init_or_module to arch_jump_label_text_poke_early vs
removal of that function entirely
- kernel/stop_machine.c
same patch ("stop_machine: make stop_machine safe and efficient
to call early") merged twice, with whitespace fix in one version
* 'upstream/xen-settime' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeremy/xen:
xen/dom0: set wallclock time in Xen
xen: add dom0_op hypercall
xen/acpi: Domain0 acpi parser related platform hypercall
* 'modsplit-Oct31_2011' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux: (230 commits)
Revert "tracing: Include module.h in define_trace.h"
irq: don't put module.h into irq.h for tracking irqgen modules.
bluetooth: macroize two small inlines to avoid module.h
ip_vs.h: fix implicit use of module_get/module_put from module.h
nf_conntrack.h: fix up fallout from implicit moduleparam.h presence
include: replace linux/module.h with "struct module" wherever possible
include: convert various register fcns to macros to avoid include chaining
crypto.h: remove unused crypto_tfm_alg_modname() inline
uwb.h: fix implicit use of asm/page.h for PAGE_SIZE
pm_runtime.h: explicitly requires notifier.h
linux/dmaengine.h: fix implicit use of bitmap.h and asm/page.h
miscdevice.h: fix up implicit use of lists and types
stop_machine.h: fix implicit use of smp.h for smp_processor_id
of: fix implicit use of errno.h in include/linux/of.h
of_platform.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
acpi: remove module.h include from platform/aclinux.h
miscdevice.h: delete unnecessary inclusion of module.h
device_cgroup.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
net: sch_generic remove redundant use of <linux/module.h>
net: inet_timewait_sock doesnt need <linux/module.h>
...
Fix up trivial conflicts (other header files, and removal of the ab3550 mfd driver) in
- drivers/media/dvb/frontends/dibx000_common.c
- drivers/media/video/{mt9m111.c,ov6650.c}
- drivers/mfd/ab3550-core.c
- include/linux/dmaengine.h
* 'writeback-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/wfg/linux:
writeback: Add a 'reason' to wb_writeback_work
writeback: send work item to queue_io, move_expired_inodes
writeback: trace event balance_dirty_pages
writeback: trace event bdi_dirty_ratelimit
writeback: fix ppc compile warnings on do_div(long long, unsigned long)
writeback: per-bdi background threshold
writeback: dirty position control - bdi reserve area
writeback: control dirty pause time
writeback: limit max dirty pause time
writeback: IO-less balance_dirty_pages()
writeback: per task dirty rate limit
writeback: stabilize bdi->dirty_ratelimit
writeback: dirty rate control
writeback: add bg_threshold parameter to __bdi_update_bandwidth()
writeback: dirty position control
writeback: account per-bdi accumulated dirtied pages
* 'stable/vmalloc-3.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen:
net: xen-netback: use API provided by xenbus module to map rings
block: xen-blkback: use API provided by xenbus module to map rings
xen: use generic functions instead of xen_{alloc, free}_vm_area()
This patch makes the cpuidle_states structure global (single copy)
instead of per-cpu. The statistics needed on per-cpu basis
by the governor are kept per-cpu. This simplifies the cpuidle
subsystem as state registration is done by single cpu only.
Having single copy of cpuidle_states saves memory. Rare case
of asymmetric C-states can be handled within the cpuidle driver
and architectures such as POWER do not have asymmetric C-states.
Having single/global registration of all the idle states,
dynamic C-state transitions on x86 are handled by
the boot cpu. Here, the boot cpu would disable all the devices,
re-populate the states and later enable all the devices,
irrespective of the cpu that would receive the notification first.
Reference:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/4/25/83
Signed-off-by: Deepthi Dharwar <deepthi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Trinabh Gupta <g.trinabh@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
This is the first step towards global registration of cpuidle
states. The statistics used primarily by the governor are per-cpu
and have to be split from rest of the fields inside cpuidle_state,
which would be made global i.e. single copy. The driver_data field
is also per-cpu and moved.
Signed-off-by: Deepthi Dharwar <deepthi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Trinabh Gupta <g.trinabh@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
The cpuidle_device->prepare() mechanism causes updates to the
cpuidle_state[].flags, setting and clearing CPUIDLE_FLAG_IGNORE
to tell the governor not to chose a state on a per-cpu basis at
run-time. State demotion is now handled by the driver and it returns
the actual state entered. Hence, this mechanism is not required.
Also this removes per-cpu flags from cpuidle_state enabling
it to be made global.
Reference:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/3/25/52
Signed-off-by: Deepthi Dharwar <deepthi@linux.vnet.ibm>
Signed-off-by: Trinabh Gupta <g.trinabh@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Cpuidle governor only suggests the state to enter using the
governor->select() interface, but allows the low level driver to
override the recommended state. The actual entered state
may be different because of software or hardware demotion. Software
demotion is done by the back-end cpuidle driver and can be accounted
correctly. Current cpuidle code uses last_state field to capture the
actual state entered and based on that updates the statistics for the
state entered.
Ideally the driver enter routine should update the counters,
and it should return the state actually entered rather than the time
spent there. The generic cpuidle code should simply handle where
the counters live in the sysfs namespace, not updating the counters.
Reference:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/3/25/52
Signed-off-by: Deepthi Dharwar <deepthi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Trinabh Gupta <g.trinabh@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Recently the ACPI ops structs were constified but the inline version
of register_hotplug_dock_device() was overlooked (see also commit
9c8b04b, June 25 2011). Update the inline function
register_hotplug_dock_device() that is enabled with
CONFIG_ACPI_DOCK=n too. This patch fixes at least the following
compiler warnings:
drivers/ata/libata-acpi.c: In function .ata_acpi_associate.:
drivers/ata/libata-acpi.c:266:11: warning: passing argument 2 of .register_hotplug_dock_device. discards qualifiers from pointer target type
include/acpi/acpi_drivers.h:146:19: note: expected .struct acpi_dock_ops *. but argument is of type .const struct acpi_dock_ops *.
drivers/ata/libata-acpi.c:275:11: warning: passing argument 2 of .register_hotplug_dock_device. discards qualifiers from pointer target type
include/acpi/acpi_drivers.h:146:19: note: expected .struct acpi_dock_ops *. but argument is of type .const struct acpi_dock_ops *.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
ACPI_NO_HARDWARE_INIT is only used by acpi_early_init() and
acpi_bus_init() when calling acpi_enable_subsystem(), but
acpi_enable_subsystem() doesn't check that flag, so it can be
dropped.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
* git://github.com/rustyrussell/linux:
module,bug: Add TAINT_OOT_MODULE flag for modules not built in-tree
module: Enable dynamic debugging regardless of taint
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/benh/powerpc: (106 commits)
powerpc/p3060qds: Add support for P3060QDS board
powerpc/83xx: Add shutdown request support to MCU handling on MPC8349 MITX
powerpc/85xx: Make kexec to interate over online cpus
powerpc/fsl_booke: Fix comment in head_fsl_booke.S
powerpc/85xx: issue 15 EOI after core reset for FSL CoreNet devices
powerpc/8xxx: Fix interrupt handling in MPC8xxx GPIO driver
powerpc/85xx: Add 'fsl,pq3-gpio' compatiable for GPIO driver
powerpc/86xx: Correct Gianfar support for GE boards
powerpc/cpm: Clear muram before it is in use.
drivers/virt: add ioctl for 32-bit compat on 64-bit to fsl-hv-manager
powerpc/fsl_msi: add support for "msi-address-64" property
powerpc/85xx: Setup secondary cores PIR with hard SMP id
powerpc/fsl-booke: Fix settlbcam for 64-bit
powerpc/85xx: Adding DCSR node to dtsi device trees
powerpc/85xx: clean up FPGA device tree nodes for Freecsale QorIQ boards
powerpc/85xx: fix PHYS_64BIT selection for P1022DS
powerpc/fsl-booke: Fix setup_initial_memory_limit to not blindly map
powerpc: respect mem= setting for early memory limit setup
powerpc: Update corenet64_smp_defconfig
powerpc: Update mpc85xx/corenet 32-bit defconfigs
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in:
- arch/powerpc/configs/40x/hcu4_defconfig
removed stale file, edited elsewhere
- arch/powerpc/include/asm/udbg.h, arch/powerpc/kernel/udbg.c:
added opal and gelic drivers vs added ePAPR driver
- drivers/tty/serial/8250.c
moved UPIO_TSI to powerpc vs removed UPIO_DWAPB support
Use of the GPL or a compatible licence doesn't necessarily make the code
any good. We already consider staging modules to be suspect, and this
should also be true for out-of-tree modules which may receive very
little review.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> (patched oops-tracing.txt)
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6: (45 commits)
[SCSI] Fix block queue and elevator memory leak in scsi_alloc_sdev
[SCSI] scsi_dh_alua: Fix the time inteval for alua rtpg commands
[SCSI] scsi_transport_iscsi: Fix documentation os parameter
[SCSI] mv_sas: OCZ RevoDrive3 & zDrive R4 support
[SCSI] libfc: improve flogi retries to avoid lport stuck
[SCSI] libfc: avoid exchanges collision during lport reset
[SCSI] libfc: fix checking FC_TYPE_BLS
[SCSI] edd: Treat "XPRS" host bus type the same as "PCI"
[SCSI] isci: overriding max_concurr_spinup oem parameter by max(oem, user)
[SCSI] isci: revert bcn filtering
[SCSI] isci: Fix hard reset timeout conditions.
[SCSI] isci: No need to manage the pending reset bit on pending requests.
[SCSI] isci: Remove redundant isci_request.ttype field.
[SCSI] isci: Fix task management for SMP, SATA and on dev remove.
[SCSI] isci: No task_done callbacks in error handler paths.
[SCSI] isci: Handle task request timeouts correctly.
[SCSI] isci: Fix tag leak in tasks and terminated requests.
[SCSI] isci: Immediately fail I/O to removed devices.
[SCSI] isci: Lookup device references through requests in completions.
[SCSI] ipr: add definitions for additional adapter
...
* 'next' of git://git.infradead.org/users/vkoul/slave-dma: (63 commits)
dmaengine: mid_dma: mask_peripheral_interrupt only when dmac is idle
dmaengine/ep93xx_dma: add module.h include
pch_dma: Reduce wasting memory
pch_dma: Fix suspend issue
dma/timberdale: free_irq() on an error path
dma: shdma: transfer based runtime PM
dmaengine: shdma: protect against the IRQ handler
dmaengine i.MX DMA/SDMA: add missing include of linux/module.h
dmaengine: delete redundant chan_id and chancnt initialization in dma drivers
dmaengine/amba-pl08x: Check txd->llis_va before freeing dma_pool
dmaengine/amba-pl08x: Add support for sg len greater than one for slave transfers
serial: sh-sci: don't filter on DMA device, use only channel ID
ARM: SAMSUNG: Remove Samsung specific enum type for dma direction
ASoC: Samsung: Update DMA interface
spi/s3c64xx: Merge dma control code
spi/s3c64xx: Add support DMA engine API
ARM: SAMSUNG: Remove S3C-PL330-DMA driver
ARM: S5P64X0: Use generic DMA PL330 driver
ARM: S5PC100: Use generic DMA PL330 driver
ARM: S5PV210: Use generic DMA PL330 driver
...
Fix up fairly trivial conflicts in
- arch/arm/mach-exynos4/{Kconfig,clock.c}
- arch/arm/mach-s5p64x0/dma.c
* 'for-3.2/drivers' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block: (30 commits)
virtio-blk: use ida to allocate disk index
hpsa: add small delay when using PCI Power Management to reset for kump
cciss: add small delay when using PCI Power Management to reset for kump
xen/blkback: Fix two races in the handling of barrier requests.
xen/blkback: Check for proper operation.
xen/blkback: Fix the inhibition to map pages when discarding sector ranges.
xen/blkback: Report VBD_WSECT (wr_sect) properly.
xen/blkback: Support 'feature-barrier' aka old-style BARRIER requests.
xen-blkfront: plug device number leak in xlblk_init() error path
xen-blkfront: If no barrier or flush is supported, use invalid operation.
xen-blkback: use kzalloc() in favor of kmalloc()+memset()
xen-blkback: fixed indentation and comments
xen-blkfront: fix a deadlock while handling discard response
xen-blkfront: Handle discard requests.
xen-blkback: Implement discard requests ('feature-discard')
xen-blkfront: add BLKIF_OP_DISCARD and discard request struct
drivers/block/loop.c: remove unnecessary bdev argument from loop_clr_fd()
drivers/block/loop.c: emit uevent on auto release
drivers/block/cpqarray.c: use pci_dev->revision
loop: always allow userspace partitions and optionally support automatic scanning
...
Fic up trivial header file includsion conflict in drivers/block/loop.c
* 'for-3.2/core' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block: (29 commits)
block: don't call blk_drain_queue() if elevator is not up
blk-throttle: use queue_is_locked() instead of lockdep_is_held()
blk-throttle: Take blkcg->lock while traversing blkcg->policy_list
blk-throttle: Free up policy node associated with deleted rule
block: warn if tag is greater than real_max_depth.
block: make gendisk hold a reference to its queue
blk-flush: move the queue kick into
blk-flush: fix invalid BUG_ON in blk_insert_flush
block: Remove the control of complete cpu from bio.
block: fix a typo in the blk-cgroup.h file
block: initialize the bounce pool if high memory may be added later
block: fix request_queue lifetime handling by making blk_queue_cleanup() properly shutdown
block: drop @tsk from attempt_plug_merge() and explain sync rules
block: make get_request[_wait]() fail if queue is dead
block: reorganize throtl_get_tg() and blk_throtl_bio()
block: reorganize queue draining
block: drop unnecessary blk_get/put_queue() in scsi_cmd_ioctl() and blk_get_tg()
block: pass around REQ_* flags instead of broken down booleans during request alloc/free
block: move blk_throtl prototypes to block/blk.h
block: fix genhd refcounting in blkio_policy_parse_and_set()
...
Fix up trivial conflicts due to "mddev_t" -> "struct mddev" conversion
and making the request functions be of type "void" instead of "int" in
- drivers/md/{faulty.c,linear.c,md.c,md.h,multipath.c,raid0.c,raid1.c,raid10.c,raid5.c}
- drivers/staging/zram/zram_drv.c
Occasionally we may see an accessory reported before we have a stable
impedance for the accessory. If this happens then reread the status in
order to ensure that the handler can take the appropriate action for the
status change.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
slave->duplex is a u8 type so the in bond_info_show_slave() when we
check "if (slave->duplex == -1)", it's always false.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The documentation for how the length of attributes
is checked is wrong ("Exact length" isn't true, the
policy checks are for "minimum length") and a bit
misleading. Make it more complete and explain what
really happens.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 27920651fe "PM / Freezer: Make fake_signal_wake_up() wake
TASK_KILLABLE tasks too" updated fake_signal_wake_up() used by freezer
to wake up KILLABLE tasks. Sending unsolicited wakeups to tasks in
killable sleep is dangerous as there are code paths which depend on
tasks not waking up spuriously from KILLABLE sleep.
For example. sys_read() or page can sleep in TASK_KILLABLE assuming
that wait/down/whatever _killable can only fail if we can not return
to the usermode. TASK_TRACED is another obvious example.
The offending commit was to resolve freezer hang during system PM
operations caused by KILLABLE sleeps in network filesystems.
wait_event_freezekillable(), which depends on the spurious KILLABLE
wakeup, was added by f06ac72e92 "cifs, freezer: add
wait_event_freezekillable and have cifs use it" to be used to
implement killable & freezable sleeps in network filesystems.
To prepare for reverting of 27920651fe, this patch reimplements
wait_event_freezekillable() using freezer_do_not_count/freezer_count()
so that it doesn't depend on the spurious KILLABLE wakeup. This isn't
very nice but should do for now.
[tj: Refreshed patch to apply to linus/master and updated commit
description on Rafael's request.]
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Commit 03ca370fbf (PM / OPP: Add
OPP availability change notifier) does not compile if CONFIG_PM_OPP
is not set:
arch/arm/plat-omap/omap-pm-noop.o: In function `opp_get_notifier':
include/linux/opp.h:103: multiple definition of `opp_get_notifier'
include/linux/opp.h:103: first defined here
Also fix incorrect comment.
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Remove the suspend_cpu_hotplug declaration, which doesn't correspond
to an existing variable.
[rjw: Added the changelog.]
Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
